|
|
|
94TH GENERAL ASSEMBLY
State of Illinois
2005 and 2006 HB0750
Introduced 2/2/2005, by Rep. David E. Miller SYNOPSIS AS INTRODUCED: |
|
|
Amends the State Finance Act. Creates the School District Property Tax Relief Fund. Requires the General Assembly, in FY06, to appropriate $2.4 billion from the education appropriation minimum to the School District Property Tax Relief Fund and to appropriate additional amounts each fiscal year thereafter. Requires the Department of Revenue to annually determine and certify the total amount of property tax relief grants that each school district will receive from the Fund. Sets forth procedures for appropriating these grants. Amends the Illinois Income Tax Act. Provides that for taxable years beginning after January 1, 2005, the rate of income tax for individuals, trusts, and estates is increased from 3% to 5% of the taxpayer's net income and the rate of income tax for corporations is increased from 4.8% to 8% of the taxpayer's net income. Includes retirement income within the definition of base income for individuals with an adjusted gross income of $75,000 or more annually. Eliminates certain exemptions for corporations located in Enterprise Zones or federally designated Foreign Trade Zones. Creates the Family Tax Credit, which is a refundable tax credit available to any natural person or married couple filing jointly that reports a total annual income of $47,000 or less. Amends the Use Tax Act, the Service Use Tax Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act, and the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act. Eliminates exemptions concerning newsprint and ink and concerning manufacturing and assembling machinery. Includes certain arts, entertainment, and recreation services within the definition of sale at retail in the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act. Amends the Property Tax Code. Requires the county clerk to abate the extension for educational purposes for each school district in the county by the amount of the property tax relief grants received by each of those school districts. Amends the Motor Fuel Tax Law. Deletes provisions concerning discounts for timely filing and paying the taxes. Amends the School Code. In the State aid formula provisions, increases the foundation level of support and grant amount for supplemental general State aid. Provides for an education appropriation minimum and supplemental State aid for rapidly expanding school districts.
|
| |
|
|
FISCAL NOTE ACT MAY APPLY | |
HOUSING AFFORDABILITY IMPACT NOTE ACT MAY APPLY |
|
|
A BILL FOR
|
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
|
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| AN ACT concerning education.
|
2 |
| Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
|
3 |
| represented in the General Assembly:
|
4 |
| Section 5. The State Finance Act is amended by adding |
5 |
| Sections 5.640 and 6z-68 as follows: |
6 |
| (30 ILCS 105/5.640 new)
|
7 |
| Sec. 5.640. The School District Property Tax Relief Fund.
|
8 |
| (30 ILCS 105/6z-68 new) |
9 |
| Sec. 6z-68. School District Property Tax Relief Fund.
|
10 |
| (a) The School District property Tax Relief Fund is created |
11 |
| as a special Fund in the State treasury. All interest earned on |
12 |
| moneys in the Fund shall be deposited into the Fund. |
13 |
| (b) As used in this Section: |
14 |
| "Department" means the Department of Revenue. |
15 |
| "Minimum property tax relief grant" means the minimum |
16 |
| amount of
property tax relief that will be distributed to each |
17 |
| school district from the School District Property Tax Relief |
18 |
| Fund in each fiscal year. |
19 |
| "High property tax effort school district" means each |
20 |
| school district that
has a total tax rate that is in the top |
21 |
| 25% of all total tax rates of all school districts. |
22 |
| "Supplemental percentage" means the average daily head |
23 |
| count of a
particular high property tax effort school district |
24 |
| in a fiscal year, divided by the head count total for that |
25 |
| fiscal year. |
26 |
| "Head count total" means the aggregate average daily |
27 |
| attendance of all
high property tax effort school districts in |
28 |
| the applicable fiscal year. |
29 |
| "Supplemental property tax relief grant" means the amount |
30 |
| of property tax
relief granted to each high property tax effort |
31 |
| school district in each fiscal year that is in addition to the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 2 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| minimum property tax relief grant that the district receives. |
2 |
| (c) Beginning in fiscal year 2006, the General Assembly |
3 |
| shall appropriate $2.4 billion from the education |
4 |
| appropriation minimum, as defined in Section 18-25 of the |
5 |
| School Code, to the School District Property Tax Relief Fund. |
6 |
| In each fiscal year thereafter, the General Assembly shall |
7 |
| appropriate an amount from the education appropriation |
8 |
| minimum, to the School District Property Tax Relief Fund equal |
9 |
| to the amount appropriated to the School District Property Tax |
10 |
| Relief Fund in the immediately preceding fiscal year, increased |
11 |
| by the Employment Cost Index ("ECI") published by the U.S. |
12 |
| Bureau of Labor Statistics for the immediately preceding fiscal |
13 |
| year. |
14 |
| (d) Between November 15 and 17 beginning in fiscal year |
15 |
| 2006 and for every year thereafter, the Department must |
16 |
| certify, no earlier than November 15 and no later than November |
17 |
| 17, the total amount of property tax relief each school |
18 |
| district will receive from the School District Property Tax |
19 |
| Relief Fund. The relief shall be determined as follows: |
20 |
| (1) In each fiscal year commencing with fiscal year |
21 |
| 2006, the General Assembly shall appropriate 80% of the |
22 |
| total amount appropriated to the School District Property |
23 |
| Tax Relief Fund for that fiscal year to fund the aggregate |
24 |
| amount of minimum property tax relief grants that will be |
25 |
| distributed to all school districts. The Department then |
26 |
| shall calculate the amount of minimum property tax relief |
27 |
| grant to be distributed to each school district in each |
28 |
| fiscal year as follows: |
29 |
| (A) for fiscal year 2006, each school district |
30 |
| shall receive a minimum property tax relief grant in an |
31 |
| amount equal to 20% of the total property taxes |
32 |
| reported as payable for that school district in fiscal |
33 |
| year 2002; and |
34 |
| (B) for each fiscal year thereafter, the minimum |
35 |
| property tax relief grant for each school district must |
36 |
| be increased by the percentage increase, if any, in the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 3 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| ECI published for the prior fiscal year. |
2 |
| (2) In each fiscal year commencing with fiscal year |
3 |
| 2006, the General Assembly shall appropriate 20% of the |
4 |
| total amount appropriated to the School District Property |
5 |
| Tax Relief Fund for that fiscal year to fund the aggregate |
6 |
| amount of supplemental property tax relief grants that will |
7 |
| be distributed to all high property tax effort school |
8 |
| districts. The Department shall calculate the amount of |
9 |
| supplemental property tax relief grants payable to a |
10 |
| particular high property tax effort school district in each |
11 |
| fiscal year commencing in fiscal year 2006 and continuing |
12 |
| in each fiscal year thereafter by multiplying the |
13 |
| Supplemental Percentage of that high property tax effort |
14 |
| school district for that fiscal year by the total amount |
15 |
| appropriated to fund all the supplemental property tax |
16 |
| relief grants in that fiscal year.
|
17 |
| Section 10. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by |
18 |
| changing Sections 201 and 203 and by adding Section 247 as |
19 |
| follows:
|
20 |
| (35 ILCS 5/201) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-201)
|
21 |
| Sec. 201. Tax Imposed.
|
22 |
| (a) In general. A tax measured by net income is hereby |
23 |
| imposed on every
individual, corporation, trust and estate for |
24 |
| each taxable year ending
after July 31, 1969 on the privilege |
25 |
| of earning or receiving income in or
as a resident of this |
26 |
| State. Such tax shall be in addition to all other
occupation or |
27 |
| privilege taxes imposed by this State or by any municipal
|
28 |
| corporation or political subdivision thereof.
|
29 |
| (b) Rates. The tax imposed by subsection (a) of this |
30 |
| Section shall be
determined as follows, except as adjusted by |
31 |
| subsection (d-1):
|
32 |
| (1) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
33 |
| taxable years
ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal |
34 |
| to 2 1/2% of the taxpayer's
net income for the taxable |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 4 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| year.
|
2 |
| (2) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
3 |
| taxable years
beginning prior to July 1, 1989 and ending |
4 |
| after June 30, 1989, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) 2 |
5 |
| 1/2% of the taxpayer's net income for the period
prior to |
6 |
| July 1, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) |
7 |
| 3% of the
taxpayer's net income for the period after June |
8 |
| 30, 1989, as calculated
under Section 202.3.
|
9 |
| (3) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
10 |
| taxable years
beginning after June 30, 1989 and beginning |
11 |
| on or before January 1, 2005 , an amount equal to 3% of the |
12 |
| taxpayer's net
income for the taxable year.
|
13 |
| (4) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
14 |
| taxable years
beginning after January 1, 2005, an amount |
15 |
| equal to 5% of the taxpayer's net
income for the taxable |
16 |
| year
(Blank) .
|
17 |
| (5) (Blank).
|
18 |
| (6) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
|
19 |
| ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal to 4% of the
|
20 |
| taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
|
21 |
| (7) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years |
22 |
| beginning prior to
July 1, 1989 and ending after June 30, |
23 |
| 1989, an amount equal to the sum of
(i) 4% of the |
24 |
| taxpayer's net income for the period prior to July 1, 1989,
|
25 |
| as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) 4.8% of the |
26 |
| taxpayer's net
income for the period after June 30, 1989, |
27 |
| as calculated under Section
202.3.
|
28 |
| (8) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years |
29 |
| beginning after
June 30, 1989 and beginning on or before |
30 |
| January 1, 2005 , an amount equal to 4.8% of the taxpayer's |
31 |
| net income for the
taxable year.
|
32 |
| (9) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years |
33 |
| beginning after
January 1, 2005, an amount equal to 8% of the |
34 |
| taxpayer's net income for the
taxable year.
|
35 |
| (c) Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax.
|
36 |
| Beginning on July 1, 1979 and thereafter, in addition to such |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 5 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| income
tax, there is also hereby imposed the Personal Property |
2 |
| Tax Replacement
Income Tax measured by net income on every |
3 |
| corporation (including Subchapter
S corporations), partnership |
4 |
| and trust, for each taxable year ending after
June 30, 1979. |
5 |
| Such taxes are imposed on the privilege of earning or
receiving |
6 |
| income in or as a resident of this State. The Personal Property
|
7 |
| Tax Replacement Income Tax shall be in addition to the income |
8 |
| tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section and in |
9 |
| addition to all other
occupation or privilege taxes imposed by |
10 |
| this State or by any municipal
corporation or political |
11 |
| subdivision thereof.
|
12 |
| (d) Additional Personal Property Tax Replacement Income |
13 |
| Tax Rates.
The personal property tax replacement income tax |
14 |
| imposed by this subsection
and subsection (c) of this Section |
15 |
| in the case of a corporation, other
than a Subchapter S |
16 |
| corporation and except as adjusted by subsection (d-1),
shall |
17 |
| be an additional amount equal to
2.85% of such taxpayer's net |
18 |
| income for the taxable year, except that
beginning on January |
19 |
| 1, 1981, and thereafter, the rate of 2.85% specified
in this |
20 |
| subsection shall be reduced to 2.5%, and in the case of a
|
21 |
| partnership, trust or a Subchapter S corporation shall be an |
22 |
| additional
amount equal to 1.5% of such taxpayer's net income |
23 |
| for the taxable year.
|
24 |
| (d-1) Rate reduction for certain foreign insurers. In the |
25 |
| case of a
foreign insurer, as defined by Section 35A-5 of the |
26 |
| Illinois Insurance Code,
whose state or country of domicile |
27 |
| imposes on insurers domiciled in Illinois
a retaliatory tax |
28 |
| (excluding any insurer
whose premiums from reinsurance assumed |
29 |
| are 50% or more of its total insurance
premiums as determined |
30 |
| under paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section 304,
except |
31 |
| that for purposes of this determination premiums from |
32 |
| reinsurance do
not include premiums from inter-affiliate |
33 |
| reinsurance arrangements),
beginning with taxable years ending |
34 |
| on or after December 31, 1999,
the sum of
the rates of tax |
35 |
| imposed by subsections (b) and (d) shall be reduced (but not
|
36 |
| increased) to the rate at which the total amount of tax imposed |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 6 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| under this Act,
net of all credits allowed under this Act, |
2 |
| shall equal (i) the total amount of
tax that would be imposed |
3 |
| on the foreign insurer's net income allocable to
Illinois for |
4 |
| the taxable year by such foreign insurer's state or country of
|
5 |
| domicile if that net income were subject to all income taxes |
6 |
| and taxes
measured by net income imposed by such foreign |
7 |
| insurer's state or country of
domicile, net of all credits |
8 |
| allowed or (ii) a rate of zero if no such tax is
imposed on such |
9 |
| income by the foreign insurer's state of domicile.
For the |
10 |
| purposes of this subsection (d-1), an inter-affiliate includes |
11 |
| a
mutual insurer under common management.
|
12 |
| (1) For the purposes of subsection (d-1), in no event |
13 |
| shall the sum of the
rates of tax imposed by subsections |
14 |
| (b) and (d) be reduced below the rate at
which the sum of:
|
15 |
| (A) the total amount of tax imposed on such foreign |
16 |
| insurer under
this Act for a taxable year, net of all |
17 |
| credits allowed under this Act, plus
|
18 |
| (B) the privilege tax imposed by Section 409 of the |
19 |
| Illinois Insurance
Code, the fire insurance company |
20 |
| tax imposed by Section 12 of the Fire
Investigation |
21 |
| Act, and the fire department taxes imposed under |
22 |
| Section 11-10-1
of the Illinois Municipal Code,
|
23 |
| equals 1.25% for taxable years ending prior to December 31, |
24 |
| 2003, or
1.75% for taxable years ending on or after |
25 |
| December 31, 2003, of the net
taxable premiums written for |
26 |
| the taxable year,
as described by subsection (1) of Section |
27 |
| 409 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
This paragraph will in |
28 |
| no event increase the rates imposed under subsections
(b) |
29 |
| and (d).
|
30 |
| (2) Any reduction in the rates of tax imposed by this |
31 |
| subsection shall be
applied first against the rates imposed |
32 |
| by subsection (b) and only after the
tax imposed by |
33 |
| subsection (a) net of all credits allowed under this |
34 |
| Section
other than the credit allowed under subsection (i) |
35 |
| has been reduced to zero,
against the rates imposed by |
36 |
| subsection (d).
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 7 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| This subsection (d-1) is exempt from the provisions of |
2 |
| Section 250.
|
3 |
| (e) Investment credit. A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit
|
4 |
| against the Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax for
|
5 |
| investment in qualified property.
|
6 |
| (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit equal to .5% |
7 |
| of
the basis of qualified property placed in service during |
8 |
| the taxable year,
provided such property is placed in |
9 |
| service on or after
July 1, 1984. There shall be allowed an |
10 |
| additional credit equal
to .5% of the basis of qualified |
11 |
| property placed in service during the
taxable year, |
12 |
| provided such property is placed in service on or
after |
13 |
| July 1, 1986, and the taxpayer's base employment
within |
14 |
| Illinois has increased by 1% or more over the preceding |
15 |
| year as
determined by the taxpayer's employment records |
16 |
| filed with the
Illinois Department of Employment Security. |
17 |
| Taxpayers who are new to
Illinois shall be deemed to have |
18 |
| met the 1% growth in base employment for
the first year in |
19 |
| which they file employment records with the Illinois
|
20 |
| Department of Employment Security. The provisions added to |
21 |
| this Section by
Public Act 85-1200 (and restored by Public |
22 |
| Act 87-895) shall be
construed as declaratory of existing |
23 |
| law and not as a new enactment. If,
in any year, the |
24 |
| increase in base employment within Illinois over the
|
25 |
| preceding year is less than 1%, the additional credit shall |
26 |
| be limited to that
percentage times a fraction, the |
27 |
| numerator of which is .5% and the denominator
of which is |
28 |
| 1%, but shall not exceed .5%. The investment credit shall |
29 |
| not be
allowed to the extent that it would reduce a |
30 |
| taxpayer's liability in any tax
year below zero, nor may |
31 |
| any credit for qualified property be allowed for any
year |
32 |
| other than the year in which the property was placed in |
33 |
| service in
Illinois. For tax years ending on or after |
34 |
| December 31, 1987, and on or
before December 31, 1988, the |
35 |
| credit shall be allowed for the tax year in
which the |
36 |
| property is placed in service, or, if the amount of the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 8 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| credit
exceeds the tax liability for that year, whether it |
2 |
| exceeds the original
liability or the liability as later |
3 |
| amended, such excess may be carried
forward and applied to |
4 |
| the tax liability of the 5 taxable years following
the |
5 |
| excess credit years if the taxpayer (i) makes investments |
6 |
| which cause
the creation of a minimum of 2,000 full-time |
7 |
| equivalent jobs in Illinois,
(ii) is located in an |
8 |
| enterprise zone established pursuant to the Illinois
|
9 |
| Enterprise Zone Act and (iii) is certified by the |
10 |
| Department of Commerce
and Community Affairs (now |
11 |
| Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity) as |
12 |
| complying with the requirements specified in
clause (i) and |
13 |
| (ii) by July 1, 1986. The Department of Commerce and
|
14 |
| Community Affairs (now Department of Commerce and Economic |
15 |
| Opportunity) shall notify the Department of Revenue of all |
16 |
| such
certifications immediately. For tax years ending |
17 |
| after December 31, 1988,
the credit shall be allowed for |
18 |
| the tax year in which the property is
placed in service, |
19 |
| or, if the amount of the credit exceeds the tax
liability |
20 |
| for that year, whether it exceeds the original liability or |
21 |
| the
liability as later amended, such excess may be carried |
22 |
| forward and applied
to the tax liability of the 5 taxable |
23 |
| years following the excess credit
years. The credit shall |
24 |
| be applied to the earliest year for which there is
a |
25 |
| liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year |
26 |
| that is
available to offset a liability, earlier credit |
27 |
| shall be applied first.
|
28 |
| (2) The term "qualified property" means property |
29 |
| which:
|
30 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
31 |
| buildings and structural
components of buildings and |
32 |
| signs that are real property, but not including
land or |
33 |
| improvements to real property that are not a structural |
34 |
| component of a
building such as landscaping, sewer |
35 |
| lines, local access roads, fencing, parking
lots, and |
36 |
| other appurtenances;
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 9 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
2 |
| Internal Revenue Code,
except that "3-year property" |
3 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
Code is not |
4 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
5 |
| (e);
|
6 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
7 |
| 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
|
8 |
| (D) is used in Illinois by a taxpayer who is |
9 |
| primarily engaged in
manufacturing, or in mining coal |
10 |
| or fluorite, or in retailing; and
|
11 |
| (E) has not previously been used in Illinois in |
12 |
| such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for |
13 |
| the credit provided by this subsection
(e) or |
14 |
| subsection (f).
|
15 |
| (3) For purposes of this subsection (e), |
16 |
| "manufacturing" means
the material staging and production |
17 |
| of tangible personal property by
procedures commonly |
18 |
| regarded as manufacturing, processing, fabrication, or
|
19 |
| assembling which changes some existing material into new |
20 |
| shapes, new
qualities, or new combinations. For purposes of |
21 |
| this subsection
(e) the term "mining" shall have the same |
22 |
| meaning as the term "mining" in
Section 613(c) of the |
23 |
| Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of this subsection
(e), |
24 |
| the term "retailing" means the sale of tangible personal |
25 |
| property or
services rendered in conjunction with the sale |
26 |
| of tangible consumer goods
or commodities.
|
27 |
| (4) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis
|
28 |
| used to compute the depreciation deduction for federal |
29 |
| income tax purposes.
|
30 |
| (5) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
31 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
32 |
| in service in Illinois by
the taxpayer, the amount of such |
33 |
| increase shall be deemed property placed
in service on the |
34 |
| date of such increase in basis.
|
35 |
| (6) The term "placed in service" shall have the same
|
36 |
| meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 10 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (7) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to
|
2 |
| be qualified property in the hands of the taxpayer within |
3 |
| 48 months after
being placed in service, or the situs of |
4 |
| any qualified property is
moved outside Illinois within 48 |
5 |
| months after being placed in service, the
Personal Property |
6 |
| Tax Replacement Income Tax for such taxable year shall be
|
7 |
| increased. Such increase shall be determined by (i) |
8 |
| recomputing the
investment credit which would have been |
9 |
| allowed for the year in which
credit for such property was |
10 |
| originally allowed by eliminating such
property from such |
11 |
| computation and, (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
|
12 |
| from the amount of credit previously allowed. For the |
13 |
| purposes of this
paragraph (7), a reduction of the basis of |
14 |
| qualified property resulting
from a redetermination of the |
15 |
| purchase price shall be deemed a disposition
of qualified |
16 |
| property to the extent of such reduction.
|
17 |
| (8) Unless the investment credit is extended by law, |
18 |
| the
basis of qualified property shall not include costs |
19 |
| incurred after
December 31, 2008, except for costs incurred |
20 |
| pursuant to a binding
contract entered into on or before |
21 |
| December 31, 2008.
|
22 |
| (9) Each taxable year ending before December 31, 2000, |
23 |
| a partnership may
elect to pass through to its
partners the |
24 |
| credits to which the partnership is entitled under this |
25 |
| subsection
(e) for the taxable year. A partner may use the |
26 |
| credit allocated to him or her
under this paragraph only |
27 |
| against the tax imposed in subsections (c) and (d) of
this |
28 |
| Section. If the partnership makes that election, those |
29 |
| credits shall be
allocated among the partners in the |
30 |
| partnership in accordance with the rules
set forth in |
31 |
| Section 704(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, and the rules
|
32 |
| promulgated under that Section, and the allocated amount of |
33 |
| the credits shall
be allowed to the partners for that |
34 |
| taxable year. The partnership shall make
this election on |
35 |
| its Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax return for
|
36 |
| that taxable year. The election to pass through the credits |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 11 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| shall be
irrevocable.
|
2 |
| For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2000, |
3 |
| a
partner that qualifies its
partnership for a subtraction |
4 |
| under subparagraph (I) of paragraph (2) of
subsection (d) |
5 |
| of Section 203 or a shareholder that qualifies a Subchapter |
6 |
| S
corporation for a subtraction under subparagraph (S) of |
7 |
| paragraph (2) of
subsection (b) of Section 203 shall be |
8 |
| allowed a credit under this subsection
(e) equal to its |
9 |
| share of the credit earned under this subsection (e) during
|
10 |
| the taxable year by the partnership or Subchapter S |
11 |
| corporation, determined in
accordance with the |
12 |
| determination of income and distributive share of
income |
13 |
| under Sections 702 and 704 and Subchapter S of the Internal |
14 |
| Revenue
Code. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions |
15 |
| of Section 250.
|
16 |
| (f) Investment credit; Enterprise Zone.
|
17 |
| (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the |
18 |
| tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for |
19 |
| investment in qualified
property which is placed in service |
20 |
| in an Enterprise Zone created
pursuant to the Illinois |
21 |
| Enterprise Zone Act. For partners, shareholders
of |
22 |
| Subchapter S corporations, and owners of limited liability |
23 |
| companies,
if the liability company is treated as a |
24 |
| partnership for purposes of
federal and State income |
25 |
| taxation, there shall be allowed a credit under
this |
26 |
| subsection (f) to be determined in accordance with the |
27 |
| determination
of income and distributive share of income |
28 |
| under Sections 702 and 704 and
Subchapter S of the Internal |
29 |
| Revenue Code. The credit shall be .5% of the
basis for such |
30 |
| property. The credit shall be available only in the taxable
|
31 |
| year in which the property is placed in service in the |
32 |
| Enterprise Zone and
shall not be allowed to the extent that |
33 |
| it would reduce a taxpayer's
liability for the tax imposed |
34 |
| by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section to
below zero. |
35 |
| For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1985, the |
36 |
| credit
shall be allowed for the tax year in which the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 12 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| property is placed in
service, or, if the amount of the |
2 |
| credit exceeds the tax liability for that
year, whether it |
3 |
| exceeds the original liability or the liability as later
|
4 |
| amended, such excess may be carried forward and applied to |
5 |
| the tax
liability of the 5 taxable years following the |
6 |
| excess credit year.
The credit shall be applied to the |
7 |
| earliest year for which there is a
liability. If there is |
8 |
| credit from more than one tax year that is available
to |
9 |
| offset a liability, the credit accruing first in time shall |
10 |
| be applied
first.
|
11 |
| (2) The term qualified property means property which:
|
12 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
13 |
| buildings and
structural components of buildings;
|
14 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
15 |
| Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" |
16 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not |
17 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
18 |
| (f);
|
19 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
20 |
| 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
|
21 |
| (D) is used in the Enterprise Zone by the taxpayer; |
22 |
| and
|
23 |
| (E) has not been previously used in Illinois in |
24 |
| such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for |
25 |
| the credit provided by this subsection
(f) or |
26 |
| subsection (e).
|
27 |
| (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis |
28 |
| used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal |
29 |
| income tax purposes.
|
30 |
| (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
31 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
32 |
| in service in the Enterprise
Zone by the taxpayer, the |
33 |
| amount of such increase shall be deemed property
placed in |
34 |
| service on the date of such increase in basis.
|
35 |
| (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same |
36 |
| meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 13 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (6) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to |
2 |
| be qualified
property in the hands of the taxpayer within |
3 |
| 48 months after being placed
in service, or the situs of |
4 |
| any qualified property is moved outside the
Enterprise Zone |
5 |
| within 48 months after being placed in service, the tax
|
6 |
| imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for |
7 |
| such taxable year
shall be increased. Such increase shall |
8 |
| be determined by (i) recomputing
the investment credit |
9 |
| which would have been allowed for the year in which
credit |
10 |
| for such property was originally allowed by eliminating |
11 |
| such
property from such computation, and (ii) subtracting |
12 |
| such recomputed credit
from the amount of credit previously |
13 |
| allowed. For the purposes of this
paragraph (6), a |
14 |
| reduction of the basis of qualified property resulting
from |
15 |
| a redetermination of the purchase price shall be deemed a |
16 |
| disposition
of qualified property to the extent of such |
17 |
| reduction.
|
18 |
| (g) Jobs Tax Credit; Enterprise Zone and Foreign Trade |
19 |
| Zone or Sub-Zone.
|
20 |
| (1) A taxpayer conducting a trade or business in an |
21 |
| enterprise zone
or a High Impact Business designated by the |
22 |
| Department of Commerce and
Economic Opportunity conducting |
23 |
| a trade or business in a federally designated
Foreign Trade |
24 |
| Zone or Sub-Zone shall be allowed a credit against the tax
|
25 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section in the |
26 |
| amount of $500
per eligible employee hired to work in the |
27 |
| zone during the taxable year.
|
28 |
| (2) To qualify for the credit:
|
29 |
| (A) the taxpayer must hire 5 or more eligible |
30 |
| employees to work in an
enterprise zone or federally |
31 |
| designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
during the |
32 |
| taxable year;
|
33 |
| (B) the taxpayer's total employment within the |
34 |
| enterprise zone or
federally designated Foreign Trade |
35 |
| Zone or Sub-Zone must
increase by 5 or more full-time |
36 |
| employees beyond the total employed in that
zone at the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 14 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| end of the previous tax year for which a jobs tax
|
2 |
| credit under this Section was taken, or beyond the |
3 |
| total employed by the
taxpayer as of December 31, 1985, |
4 |
| whichever is later; and
|
5 |
| (C) the eligible employees must be employed 180 |
6 |
| consecutive days in
order to be deemed hired for |
7 |
| purposes of this subsection.
|
8 |
| (3) An "eligible employee" means an employee who is:
|
9 |
| (A) Certified by the Department of Commerce and |
10 |
| Economic Opportunity
as "eligible for services" |
11 |
| pursuant to regulations promulgated in
accordance with |
12 |
| Title II of the Job Training Partnership Act, Training
|
13 |
| Services for the Disadvantaged or Title III of the Job |
14 |
| Training Partnership
Act, Employment and Training |
15 |
| Assistance for Dislocated Workers Program.
|
16 |
| (B) Hired after the enterprise zone or federally |
17 |
| designated Foreign
Trade Zone or Sub-Zone was |
18 |
| designated or the trade or
business was located in that |
19 |
| zone, whichever is later.
|
20 |
| (C) Employed in the enterprise zone or Foreign |
21 |
| Trade Zone or
Sub-Zone. An employee is employed in an
|
22 |
| enterprise zone or federally designated Foreign Trade |
23 |
| Zone or Sub-Zone
if his services are rendered there or |
24 |
| it is the base of
operations for the services |
25 |
| performed.
|
26 |
| (D) A full-time employee working 30 or more hours |
27 |
| per week.
|
28 |
| (4) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1985 |
29 |
| and prior to
December 31, 1988, the credit shall be allowed |
30 |
| for the tax year in which
the eligible employees are hired. |
31 |
| For tax years ending on or after
December 31, 1988, the |
32 |
| credit shall be allowed for the tax year immediately
|
33 |
| following the tax year in which the eligible employees are |
34 |
| hired. If the
amount of the credit exceeds the tax |
35 |
| liability for that year, whether it
exceeds the original |
36 |
| liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 15 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of |
2 |
| the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The |
3 |
| credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which |
4 |
| there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one |
5 |
| tax year that is available to offset a liability,
earlier |
6 |
| credit shall be applied first.
|
7 |
| (5) The Department of Revenue shall promulgate such |
8 |
| rules and regulations
as may be deemed necessary to carry |
9 |
| out the purposes of this subsection (g).
|
10 |
| (6) The credit shall be available for eligible |
11 |
| employees hired on or
after January 1, 1986.
|
12 |
| (h) Investment credit; High Impact Business.
|
13 |
| (1) Subject to subsections (b) and (b-5) of Section
5.5 |
14 |
| of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, a taxpayer shall be |
15 |
| allowed a credit
against the tax imposed by subsections (a) |
16 |
| and (b) of this Section for
investment in qualified
|
17 |
| property which is placed in service by a Department of |
18 |
| Commerce and Economic Opportunity
designated High Impact |
19 |
| Business. The credit shall be .5% of the basis
for such |
20 |
| property. The credit shall not be available (i) until the |
21 |
| minimum
investments in qualified property set forth in |
22 |
| subdivision (a)(3)(A) of
Section 5.5 of the Illinois
|
23 |
| Enterprise Zone Act have been satisfied
or (ii) until the |
24 |
| time authorized in subsection (b-5) of the Illinois
|
25 |
| Enterprise Zone Act for entities designated as High Impact |
26 |
| Businesses under
subdivisions (a)(3)(B), (a)(3)(C), and |
27 |
| (a)(3)(D) of Section 5.5 of the Illinois
Enterprise Zone |
28 |
| Act, and shall not be allowed to the extent that it would
|
29 |
| reduce a taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by |
30 |
| subsections (a) and (b) of
this Section to below zero. The |
31 |
| credit applicable to such investments shall be
taken in the |
32 |
| taxable year in which such investments have been completed. |
33 |
| The
credit for additional investments beyond the minimum |
34 |
| investment by a designated
high impact business authorized |
35 |
| under subdivision (a)(3)(A) of Section 5.5 of
the Illinois |
36 |
| Enterprise Zone Act shall be available only in the taxable |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 16 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| year in
which the property is placed in service and shall |
2 |
| not be allowed to the extent
that it would reduce a |
3 |
| taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by subsections
(a) |
4 |
| and (b) of this Section to below zero.
For tax years ending |
5 |
| on or after December 31, 1987, the credit shall be
allowed |
6 |
| for the tax year in which the property is placed in |
7 |
| service, or, if
the amount of the credit exceeds the tax |
8 |
| liability for that year, whether
it exceeds the original |
9 |
| liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess |
10 |
| may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of |
11 |
| the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The |
12 |
| credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which |
13 |
| there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one |
14 |
| tax year that is available to offset a liability,
the |
15 |
| credit accruing first in time shall be applied first.
|
16 |
| Changes made in this subdivision (h)(1) by Public Act |
17 |
| 88-670
restore changes made by Public Act 85-1182 and |
18 |
| reflect existing law.
|
19 |
| (2) The term qualified property means property which:
|
20 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
21 |
| buildings and
structural components of buildings;
|
22 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
23 |
| Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" |
24 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not |
25 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
26 |
| (h);
|
27 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
28 |
| 179(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code; and
|
29 |
| (D) is not eligible for the Enterprise Zone |
30 |
| Investment Credit provided
by subsection (f) of this |
31 |
| Section.
|
32 |
| (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis |
33 |
| used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal |
34 |
| income tax purposes.
|
35 |
| (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
36 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 17 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| in service in a federally
designated Foreign Trade Zone or |
2 |
| Sub-Zone located in Illinois by the taxpayer,
the amount of |
3 |
| such increase shall be deemed property placed in service on
|
4 |
| the date of such increase in basis.
|
5 |
| (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same |
6 |
| meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
7 |
| (6) If during any taxable year ending on or before |
8 |
| December 31, 1996,
any property ceases to be qualified
|
9 |
| property in the hands of the taxpayer within 48 months |
10 |
| after being placed
in service, or the situs of any |
11 |
| qualified property is moved outside
Illinois within 48 |
12 |
| months after being placed in service, the tax imposed
under |
13 |
| subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for such taxable |
14 |
| year shall
be increased. Such increase shall be determined |
15 |
| by (i) recomputing the
investment credit which would have |
16 |
| been allowed for the year in which
credit for such property |
17 |
| was originally allowed by eliminating such
property from |
18 |
| such computation, and (ii) subtracting such recomputed |
19 |
| credit
from the amount of credit previously allowed. For |
20 |
| the purposes of this
paragraph (6), a reduction of the |
21 |
| basis of qualified property resulting
from a |
22 |
| redetermination of the purchase price shall be deemed a |
23 |
| disposition
of qualified property to the extent of such |
24 |
| reduction.
|
25 |
| (7) Beginning with tax years ending after December 31, |
26 |
| 1996, if a
taxpayer qualifies for the credit under this |
27 |
| subsection (h) and thereby is
granted a tax abatement and |
28 |
| the taxpayer relocates its entire facility in
violation of |
29 |
| the explicit terms and length of the contract under Section
|
30 |
| 18-183 of the Property Tax Code, the tax imposed under |
31 |
| subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section shall be increased |
32 |
| for the taxable year
in which the taxpayer relocated its |
33 |
| facility by an amount equal to the
amount of credit |
34 |
| received by the taxpayer under this subsection (h).
|
35 |
| (i) Credit for Personal Property Tax Replacement Income |
36 |
| Tax.
For tax years ending prior to December 31, 2003, a credit |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 18 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| shall be allowed
against the tax imposed by
subsections (a) and |
2 |
| (b) of this Section for the tax imposed by subsections (c)
and |
3 |
| (d) of this Section. This credit shall be computed by |
4 |
| multiplying the tax
imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this |
5 |
| Section by a fraction, the numerator
of which is base income |
6 |
| allocable to Illinois and the denominator of which is
Illinois |
7 |
| base income, and further multiplying the product by the tax |
8 |
| rate
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.
|
9 |
| Any credit earned on or after December 31, 1986 under
this |
10 |
| subsection which is unused in the year
the credit is computed |
11 |
| because it exceeds the tax liability imposed by
subsections (a) |
12 |
| and (b) for that year (whether it exceeds the original
|
13 |
| liability or the liability as later amended) may be carried |
14 |
| forward and
applied to the tax liability imposed by subsections |
15 |
| (a) and (b) of the 5
taxable years following the excess credit |
16 |
| year, provided that no credit may
be carried forward to any |
17 |
| year ending on or
after December 31, 2003. This credit shall be
|
18 |
| applied first to the earliest year for which there is a |
19 |
| liability. If
there is a credit under this subsection from more |
20 |
| than one tax year that is
available to offset a liability the |
21 |
| earliest credit arising under this
subsection shall be applied |
22 |
| first.
|
23 |
| If, during any taxable year ending on or after December 31, |
24 |
| 1986, the
tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this |
25 |
| Section for which a taxpayer
has claimed a credit under this |
26 |
| subsection (i) is reduced, the amount of
credit for such tax |
27 |
| shall also be reduced. Such reduction shall be
determined by |
28 |
| recomputing the credit to take into account the reduced tax
|
29 |
| imposed by subsections (c) and (d). If any portion of the
|
30 |
| reduced amount of credit has been carried to a different |
31 |
| taxable year, an
amended return shall be filed for such taxable |
32 |
| year to reduce the amount of
credit claimed.
|
33 |
| (j) Training expense credit. Beginning with tax years |
34 |
| ending on or
after December 31, 1986 and prior to December 31, |
35 |
| 2003, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a credit against the
tax |
36 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) under this Section
for all |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 19 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| amounts paid or accrued, on behalf of all persons
employed by |
2 |
| the taxpayer in Illinois or Illinois residents employed
outside |
3 |
| of Illinois by a taxpayer, for educational or vocational |
4 |
| training in
semi-technical or technical fields or semi-skilled |
5 |
| or skilled fields, which
were deducted from gross income in the |
6 |
| computation of taxable income. The
credit against the tax |
7 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) shall be 1.6% of
such |
8 |
| training expenses. For partners, shareholders of subchapter S
|
9 |
| corporations, and owners of limited liability companies, if the |
10 |
| liability
company is treated as a partnership for purposes of |
11 |
| federal and State income
taxation, there shall be allowed a |
12 |
| credit under this subsection (j) to be
determined in accordance |
13 |
| with the determination of income and distributive
share of |
14 |
| income under Sections 702 and 704 and subchapter S of the |
15 |
| Internal
Revenue Code.
|
16 |
| Any credit allowed under this subsection which is unused in |
17 |
| the year
the credit is earned may be carried forward to each of |
18 |
| the 5 taxable
years following the year for which the credit is |
19 |
| first computed until it is
used. This credit shall be applied |
20 |
| first to the earliest year for which
there is a liability. If |
21 |
| there is a credit under this subsection from more
than one tax |
22 |
| year that is available to offset a liability the earliest
|
23 |
| credit arising under this subsection shall be applied first. No |
24 |
| carryforward
credit may be claimed in any tax year ending on or |
25 |
| after
December 31, 2003.
|
26 |
| (k) Research and development credit.
|
27 |
| For tax years ending after July 1, 1990 and prior to
|
28 |
| December 31, 2003, and beginning again for tax years ending on |
29 |
| or after December 31, 2004, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a |
30 |
| credit against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of |
31 |
| this
Section for increasing research activities in this State. |
32 |
| The credit
allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) |
33 |
| and (b) shall be equal
to 6 1/2% of the qualifying expenditures |
34 |
| for increasing research activities
in this State. For partners, |
35 |
| shareholders of subchapter S corporations, and
owners of |
36 |
| limited liability companies, if the liability company is |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 20 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| treated as a
partnership for purposes of federal and State |
2 |
| income taxation, there shall be
allowed a credit under this |
3 |
| subsection to be determined in accordance with the
|
4 |
| determination of income and distributive share of income under |
5 |
| Sections 702 and
704 and subchapter S of the Internal Revenue |
6 |
| Code.
|
7 |
| For purposes of this subsection, "qualifying expenditures" |
8 |
| means the
qualifying expenditures as defined for the federal |
9 |
| credit for increasing
research activities which would be |
10 |
| allowable under Section 41 of the
Internal Revenue Code and |
11 |
| which are conducted in this State, "qualifying
expenditures for |
12 |
| increasing research activities in this State" means the
excess |
13 |
| of qualifying expenditures for the taxable year in which |
14 |
| incurred
over qualifying expenditures for the base period, |
15 |
| "qualifying expenditures
for the base period" means the average |
16 |
| of the qualifying expenditures for
each year in the base |
17 |
| period, and "base period" means the 3 taxable years
immediately |
18 |
| preceding the taxable year for which the determination is
being |
19 |
| made.
|
20 |
| Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the taxable |
21 |
| year
may be carried forward. A taxpayer may elect to have the
|
22 |
| unused credit shown on its final completed return carried over |
23 |
| as a credit
against the tax liability for the following 5 |
24 |
| taxable years or until it has
been fully used, whichever occurs |
25 |
| first; provided that no credit earned in a tax year ending |
26 |
| prior to December 31, 2003 may be carried forward to any year |
27 |
| ending on or after December 31, 2003.
|
28 |
| If an unused credit is carried forward to a given year from |
29 |
| 2 or more
earlier years, that credit arising in the earliest |
30 |
| year will be applied
first against the tax liability for the |
31 |
| given year. If a tax liability for
the given year still |
32 |
| remains, the credit from the next earliest year will
then be |
33 |
| applied, and so on, until all credits have been used or no tax
|
34 |
| liability for the given year remains. Any remaining unused |
35 |
| credit or
credits then will be carried forward to the next |
36 |
| following year in which a
tax liability is incurred, except |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 21 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| that no credit can be carried forward to
a year which is more |
2 |
| than 5 years after the year in which the expense for
which the |
3 |
| credit is given was incurred.
|
4 |
| No inference shall be drawn from this amendatory Act of the |
5 |
| 91st General
Assembly in construing this Section for taxable |
6 |
| years beginning before January
1, 1999.
|
7 |
| (l) Environmental Remediation Tax Credit.
|
8 |
| (i) For tax years ending after December 31, 1997 and on |
9 |
| or before
December 31, 2001, a taxpayer shall be allowed a |
10 |
| credit against the tax
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) |
11 |
| of this Section for certain amounts paid
for unreimbursed |
12 |
| eligible remediation costs, as specified in this |
13 |
| subsection.
For purposes of this Section, "unreimbursed |
14 |
| eligible remediation costs" means
costs approved by the |
15 |
| Illinois Environmental Protection Agency ("Agency") under
|
16 |
| Section 58.14 of the Environmental Protection Act that were |
17 |
| paid in performing
environmental remediation at a site for |
18 |
| which a No Further Remediation Letter
was issued by the |
19 |
| Agency and recorded under Section 58.10 of the |
20 |
| Environmental
Protection Act. The credit must be claimed |
21 |
| for the taxable year in which
Agency approval of the |
22 |
| eligible remediation costs is granted. The credit is
not |
23 |
| available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer or any related |
24 |
| party caused or
contributed to, in any material respect, a |
25 |
| release of regulated substances on,
in, or under the site |
26 |
| that was identified and addressed by the remedial
action |
27 |
| pursuant to the Site Remediation Program of the |
28 |
| Environmental Protection
Act. After the Pollution Control |
29 |
| Board rules are adopted pursuant to the
Illinois |
30 |
| Administrative Procedure Act for the administration and |
31 |
| enforcement of
Section 58.9 of the Environmental |
32 |
| Protection Act, determinations as to credit
availability |
33 |
| for purposes of this Section shall be made consistent with |
34 |
| those
rules. For purposes of this Section, "taxpayer" |
35 |
| includes a person whose tax
attributes the taxpayer has |
36 |
| succeeded to under Section 381 of the Internal
Revenue Code |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 22 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| and "related party" includes the persons disallowed a |
2 |
| deduction
for losses by paragraphs (b), (c), and (f)(1) of |
3 |
| Section 267 of the Internal
Revenue Code by virtue of being |
4 |
| a related taxpayer, as well as any of its
partners. The |
5 |
| credit allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) |
6 |
| and
(b) shall be equal to 25% of the unreimbursed eligible |
7 |
| remediation costs in
excess of $100,000 per site, except |
8 |
| that the $100,000 threshold shall not apply
to any site |
9 |
| contained in an enterprise zone as determined by the |
10 |
| Department of
Commerce and Community Affairs (now |
11 |
| Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity). The |
12 |
| total credit allowed shall not exceed
$40,000 per year with |
13 |
| a maximum total of $150,000 per site. For partners and
|
14 |
| shareholders of subchapter S corporations, there shall be |
15 |
| allowed a credit
under this subsection to be determined in |
16 |
| accordance with the determination of
income and |
17 |
| distributive share of income under Sections 702 and 704 and
|
18 |
| subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
19 |
| (ii) A credit allowed under this subsection that is |
20 |
| unused in the year
the credit is earned may be carried |
21 |
| forward to each of the 5 taxable years
following the year |
22 |
| for which the credit is first earned until it is used.
The |
23 |
| term "unused credit" does not include any amounts of |
24 |
| unreimbursed eligible
remediation costs in excess of the |
25 |
| maximum credit per site authorized under
paragraph (i). |
26 |
| This credit shall be applied first to the earliest year
for |
27 |
| which there is a liability. If there is a credit under this |
28 |
| subsection
from more than one tax year that is available to |
29 |
| offset a liability, the
earliest credit arising under this |
30 |
| subsection shall be applied first. A
credit allowed under |
31 |
| this subsection may be sold to a buyer as part of a sale
of |
32 |
| all or part of the remediation site for which the credit |
33 |
| was granted. The
purchaser of a remediation site and the |
34 |
| tax credit shall succeed to the unused
credit and remaining |
35 |
| carry-forward period of the seller. To perfect the
|
36 |
| transfer, the assignor shall record the transfer in the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 23 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| chain of title for the
site and provide written notice to |
2 |
| the Director of the Illinois Department of
Revenue of the |
3 |
| assignor's intent to sell the remediation site and the |
4 |
| amount of
the tax credit to be transferred as a portion of |
5 |
| the sale. In no event may a
credit be transferred to any |
6 |
| taxpayer if the taxpayer or a related party would
not be |
7 |
| eligible under the provisions of subsection (i).
|
8 |
| (iii) For purposes of this Section, the term "site" |
9 |
| shall have the same
meaning as under Section 58.2 of the |
10 |
| Environmental Protection Act.
|
11 |
| (m) Education expense credit. Beginning with tax years |
12 |
| ending after
December 31, 1999, a taxpayer who
is the custodian |
13 |
| of one or more qualifying pupils shall be allowed a credit
|
14 |
| against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this |
15 |
| Section for
qualified education expenses incurred on behalf of |
16 |
| the qualifying pupils.
The credit shall be equal to 25% of |
17 |
| qualified education expenses, but in no
event may the total |
18 |
| credit under this subsection claimed by a
family that is the
|
19 |
| custodian of qualifying pupils exceed $500. In no event shall a |
20 |
| credit under
this subsection reduce the taxpayer's liability |
21 |
| under this Act to less than
zero. This subsection is exempt |
22 |
| from the provisions of Section 250 of this
Act.
|
23 |
| For purposes of this subsection:
|
24 |
| "Qualifying pupils" means individuals who (i) are |
25 |
| residents of the State of
Illinois, (ii) are under the age of |
26 |
| 21 at the close of the school year for
which a credit is |
27 |
| sought, and (iii) during the school year for which a credit
is |
28 |
| sought were full-time pupils enrolled in a kindergarten through |
29 |
| twelfth
grade education program at any school, as defined in |
30 |
| this subsection.
|
31 |
| "Qualified education expense" means the amount incurred
on |
32 |
| behalf of a qualifying pupil in excess of $250 for tuition, |
33 |
| book fees, and
lab fees at the school in which the pupil is |
34 |
| enrolled during the regular school
year.
|
35 |
| "School" means any public or nonpublic elementary or |
36 |
| secondary school in
Illinois that is in compliance with Title |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 24 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
and attendance at which |
2 |
| satisfies the requirements of Section 26-1 of the
School Code, |
3 |
| except that nothing shall be construed to require a child to
|
4 |
| attend any particular public or nonpublic school to qualify for |
5 |
| the credit
under this Section.
|
6 |
| "Custodian" means, with respect to qualifying pupils, an |
7 |
| Illinois resident
who is a parent, the parents, a legal |
8 |
| guardian, or the legal guardians of the
qualifying pupils.
|
9 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-12, eff. 7-1-01; 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-651, |
10 |
| eff. 7-11-02; 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; 92-846, eff. 8-23-02; |
11 |
| 93-29, eff. 6-20-03; 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; 93-871, eff. 8-6-04; |
12 |
| revised 10-25-04.)
|
13 |
| (35 ILCS 5/203) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-203)
|
14 |
| Sec. 203. Base income defined.
|
15 |
| (a) Individuals.
|
16 |
| (1) In general. In the case of an individual, base |
17 |
| income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's adjusted |
18 |
| gross income for the taxable
year as modified by paragraph |
19 |
| (2).
|
20 |
| (2) Modifications. The adjusted gross income referred |
21 |
| to in
paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the |
22 |
| sum of the
following amounts:
|
23 |
| (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued |
24 |
| to the taxpayer
as interest or dividends during the |
25 |
| taxable year to the extent excluded
from gross income |
26 |
| in the computation of adjusted gross income, except |
27 |
| stock
dividends of qualified public utilities |
28 |
| described in Section 305(e) of the
Internal Revenue |
29 |
| Code;
|
30 |
| (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by |
31 |
| this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in |
32 |
| the computation of adjusted gross
income for the |
33 |
| taxable year;
|
34 |
| (C) An amount equal to the amount received during |
35 |
| the taxable year
as a recovery or refund of real |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 25 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| property taxes paid with respect to the
taxpayer's |
2 |
| principal residence under the Revenue Act of
1939 and |
3 |
| for which a deduction was previously taken under |
4 |
| subparagraph (L) of
this paragraph (2) prior to July 1, |
5 |
| 1991, the retrospective application date of
Article 4 |
6 |
| of Public Act 87-17. In the case of multi-unit or |
7 |
| multi-use
structures and farm dwellings, the taxes on |
8 |
| the taxpayer's principal residence
shall be that |
9 |
| portion of the total taxes for the entire property |
10 |
| which is
attributable to such principal residence;
|
11 |
| (D) An amount equal to the amount of the capital |
12 |
| gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue |
13 |
| Code, to the extent deducted from gross
income in the |
14 |
| computation of adjusted gross income;
|
15 |
| (D-5) An amount, to the extent not included in |
16 |
| adjusted gross income,
equal to the amount of money |
17 |
| withdrawn by the taxpayer in the taxable year from
a |
18 |
| medical care savings account and the interest earned on |
19 |
| the account in the
taxable year of a withdrawal |
20 |
| pursuant to subsection (b) of Section 20 of the
Medical |
21 |
| Care Savings Account Act or subsection (b) of Section |
22 |
| 20 of the
Medical Care Savings Account Act of 2000;
|
23 |
| (D-10) For taxable years ending after December 31, |
24 |
| 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs |
25 |
| that the individual
deducted in computing adjusted |
26 |
| gross income and for which the
individual claims a |
27 |
| credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;
|
28 |
| (D-15) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an |
29 |
| amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% |
30 |
| of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken |
31 |
| on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the |
32 |
| taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the |
33 |
| Internal Revenue Code;
|
34 |
| (D-16) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or |
35 |
| loss on the
taxpayer's federal income tax return for |
36 |
| the taxable year based on a sale or
transfer of |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 26 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| property for which the taxpayer was required in any |
2 |
| taxable year to
make an addition modification under |
3 |
| subparagraph (D-15), then an amount equal
to the |
4 |
| aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable
|
5 |
| years under subparagraph (Z) with respect to that |
6 |
| property ;
.
|
7 |
| The taxpayer is required to make the addition |
8 |
| modification under this
subparagraph
only once with |
9 |
| respect to any one piece of property;
|
10 |
| (D-17) For taxable years ending on or after |
11 |
| December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount |
12 |
| otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base |
13 |
| income for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, |
14 |
| directly or indirectly, to a foreign person who would |
15 |
| be a member of the same unitary business group but for |
16 |
| the fact that foreign person's business activity |
17 |
| outside the United States is 80% or more of the foreign |
18 |
| person's total business activity. The addition |
19 |
| modification required by this subparagraph shall be |
20 |
| reduced to the extent that dividends were included in |
21 |
| base income of the unitary group for the same taxable |
22 |
| year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the |
23 |
| taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts |
24 |
| included in gross income under Sections 951 through 964 |
25 |
| of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in |
26 |
| gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue |
27 |
| Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to |
28 |
| whom the interest was paid, accrued, or incurred. |
29 |
| This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
|
30 |
| (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
31 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
32 |
| person who is subject in a foreign country or |
33 |
| state, other than a state which requires mandatory |
34 |
| unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net |
35 |
| income with respect to such interest; or |
36 |
| (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 27 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
2 |
| person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a |
3 |
| preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
4 |
| following: |
5 |
| (a) the foreign person, during the same |
6 |
| taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
7 |
| interest to a person that is not a related |
8 |
| member, and |
9 |
| (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
10 |
| interest expense between the taxpayer and the |
11 |
| foreign person did not have as a principal |
12 |
| purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, |
13 |
| and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement |
14 |
| that reflects an arm's-length interest rate |
15 |
| and terms; or
|
16 |
| (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on |
17 |
| clear and convincing evidence, that the interest |
18 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or |
19 |
| agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and |
20 |
| terms and the principal purpose for the payment is |
21 |
| not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
|
22 |
| (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
23 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
24 |
| person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and |
25 |
| convincing evidence that the adjustments are |
26 |
| unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director |
27 |
| agree in writing to the application or use of an |
28 |
| alternative method of apportionment under Section |
29 |
| 304(f).
|
30 |
| Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
31 |
| Director from making any other adjustment |
32 |
| otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
33 |
| any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
34 |
| this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
35 |
| pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
36 |
| and such regulations provide methods and standards |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 28 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| by which the Department will utilize its authority |
2 |
| under Section 404 of this Act;
|
3 |
| (D-18) For taxable years ending on or after |
4 |
| December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount of |
5 |
| intangible expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a |
6 |
| deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, |
7 |
| accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a |
8 |
| foreign person who would be a member of the same |
9 |
| unitary business group but for the fact that the |
10 |
| foreign person's business activity outside the United |
11 |
| States is 80% or more of that person's total business |
12 |
| activity. The addition modification required by this |
13 |
| subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that |
14 |
| dividends were included in base income of the unitary |
15 |
| group for the same taxable year and received by the |
16 |
| taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary |
17 |
| business group (including amounts included in gross |
18 |
| income under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal |
19 |
| Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under |
20 |
| Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect |
21 |
| to the stock of the same person to whom the intangible |
22 |
| expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, |
23 |
| incurred, or accrued. The preceding sentence does not |
24 |
| apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a |
25 |
| reduction to the addition modification required under |
26 |
| Section 203(a)(2)(D-17) of this Act. As used in this |
27 |
| subparagraph, the term "intangible expenses and costs" |
28 |
| includes (1) expenses, losses, and costs for, or |
29 |
| related to, the direct or indirect acquisition, use, |
30 |
| maintenance or management, ownership, sale, exchange, |
31 |
| or any other disposition of intangible property; (2) |
32 |
| losses incurred, directly or indirectly, from |
33 |
| factoring transactions or discounting transactions; |
34 |
| (3) royalty, patent, technical, and copyright fees; |
35 |
| (4) licensing fees; and (5) other similar expenses and |
36 |
| costs.
For purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 29 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| property" includes patents, patent applications, trade |
2 |
| names, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask |
3 |
| works, trade secrets, and similar types of intangible |
4 |
| assets. |
5 |
| This paragraph shall not apply to the following: |
6 |
| (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs |
7 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
8 |
| indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign |
9 |
| person who is subject in a foreign country or |
10 |
| state, other than a state which requires mandatory |
11 |
| unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net |
12 |
| income with respect to such item; or |
13 |
| (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
14 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
15 |
| indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based |
16 |
| on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
17 |
| following: |
18 |
| (a) the foreign person during the same |
19 |
| taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
20 |
| intangible expense or cost to a person that is |
21 |
| not a related member, and |
22 |
| (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
23 |
| intangible expense or cost between the |
24 |
| taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as |
25 |
| a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois |
26 |
| income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract |
27 |
| or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; |
28 |
| or |
29 |
| (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
30 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
31 |
| indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign |
32 |
| person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and |
33 |
| convincing evidence, that the adjustments are |
34 |
| unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director |
35 |
| agree in writing to the application or use of an |
36 |
| alternative method of apportionment under Section |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 30 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| 304(f);
|
2 |
| Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
3 |
| Director from making any other adjustment |
4 |
| otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
5 |
| any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
6 |
| this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
7 |
| pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
8 |
| and such regulations provide methods and standards |
9 |
| by which the Department will utilize its authority |
10 |
| under Section 404 of this Act;
|
11 |
| (D-20) For taxable years beginning on or after |
12 |
| January 1,
2002, in
the
case of a distribution from a |
13 |
| qualified tuition program under Section 529 of
the |
14 |
| Internal Revenue Code, other than (i) a distribution |
15 |
| from a College Savings
Pool created under Section 16.5 |
16 |
| of the State Treasurer Act or (ii) a
distribution from |
17 |
| the Illinois Prepaid Tuition Trust Fund, an amount |
18 |
| equal to
the amount excluded from gross income under |
19 |
| Section 529(c)(3)(B);
|
20 |
| and by deducting from the total so obtained the
sum of the |
21 |
| following amounts:
|
22 |
| (E) For taxable years ending before December 31, |
23 |
| 2001,
any amount included in such total in respect of |
24 |
| any compensation
(including but not limited to any |
25 |
| compensation paid or accrued to a
serviceman while a |
26 |
| prisoner of war or missing in action) paid to a |
27 |
| resident
by reason of being on active duty in the Armed |
28 |
| Forces of the United States
and in respect of any |
29 |
| compensation paid or accrued to a resident who as a
|
30 |
| governmental employee was a prisoner of war or missing |
31 |
| in action, and in
respect of any compensation paid to a |
32 |
| resident in 1971 or thereafter for
annual training |
33 |
| performed pursuant to Sections 502 and 503, Title 32,
|
34 |
| United States Code as a member of the Illinois National |
35 |
| Guard.
For taxable years ending on or after December |
36 |
| 31, 2001, any amount included in
such total in respect |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 31 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| of any compensation (including but not limited to any
|
2 |
| compensation paid or accrued to a serviceman while a |
3 |
| prisoner of war or missing
in action) paid to a |
4 |
| resident by reason of being a member of any component |
5 |
| of
the Armed Forces of the United States and in respect |
6 |
| of any compensation paid
or accrued to a resident who |
7 |
| as a governmental employee was a prisoner of war
or |
8 |
| missing in action, and in respect of any compensation |
9 |
| paid to a resident in
2001 or thereafter by reason of |
10 |
| being a member of the Illinois National Guard.
The |
11 |
| provisions of this amendatory Act of the 92nd General |
12 |
| Assembly are exempt
from the provisions of Section 250;
|
13 |
| (F) For taxable years beginning on or before |
14 |
| January 1, 2005, an
An amount equal to all amounts |
15 |
| included in such total pursuant
to the provisions of |
16 |
| Sections 402(a), 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), |
17 |
| 407(a),
and 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, or |
18 |
| included in such total as
distributions under the |
19 |
| provisions of any retirement or disability plan for
|
20 |
| employees of any governmental agency or unit, or |
21 |
| retirement payments to
retired partners, which |
22 |
| payments are excluded in computing net earnings
from |
23 |
| self employment by Section 1402 of the Internal Revenue |
24 |
| Code and
regulations adopted pursuant thereto;
|
25 |
| (F-5) For taxable years beginning after January 1, |
26 |
| 2005, for those taxpayers who report an adjusted gross |
27 |
| income of $74,999 ("the retirement threshold amount") |
28 |
| or less, an amount equal to all amounts included in |
29 |
| such total pursuant
to the provisions of Sections |
30 |
| 402(a), 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a),
and |
31 |
| 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, or included in such |
32 |
| total as
distributions under the provisions of any |
33 |
| retirement or disability plan for
employees of any |
34 |
| governmental agency or unit, or retirement payments to
|
35 |
| retired partners, which payments are excluded in |
36 |
| computing net earnings
from self employment by Section |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 32 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| 1402 of the Internal Revenue Code and
regulations |
2 |
| adopted pursuant thereto, provided that the retirement |
3 |
| threshold amount shall increase annually for each tax |
4 |
| year by the percentage increase, if any, in the |
5 |
| Consumer Price Index published by the U.S. Bureau of |
6 |
| Labor Statistics from July of the immediately |
7 |
| preceding tax year to June 30 of the then current tax |
8 |
| year;
|
9 |
| (G) The valuation limitation amount;
|
10 |
| (H) An amount equal to the amount of any tax |
11 |
| imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer |
12 |
| and included in such total for the
taxable year;
|
13 |
| (I) An amount equal to all amounts included in such |
14 |
| total pursuant
to the provisions of Section 111 of the |
15 |
| Internal Revenue Code as a
recovery of items previously |
16 |
| deducted from adjusted gross income in the
computation |
17 |
| of taxable income;
|
18 |
| (J) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
19 |
| such total which were
paid by a corporation which |
20 |
| conducts business operations in an Enterprise
Zone or |
21 |
| zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, |
22 |
| and conducts
substantially all of its operations in an |
23 |
| Enterprise Zone or zones;
|
24 |
| (K) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
25 |
| such total that
were paid by a corporation that |
26 |
| conducts business operations in a federally
designated |
27 |
| Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a |
28 |
| High Impact
Business located in Illinois; provided |
29 |
| that dividends eligible for the
deduction provided in |
30 |
| subparagraph (J) of paragraph (2) of this subsection
|
31 |
| shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under |
32 |
| this subparagraph
(K);
|
33 |
| (L) For taxable years ending after December 31, |
34 |
| 1983, an amount equal to
all social security benefits |
35 |
| and railroad retirement benefits included in
such |
36 |
| total pursuant to Sections 72(r) and 86 of the Internal |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 33 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Revenue Code;
|
2 |
| (M) With the exception of any amounts subtracted |
3 |
| under subparagraph
(N), an amount equal to the sum of |
4 |
| all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections |
5 |
| 171(a) (2), and 265(2) of the Internal Revenue Code
of |
6 |
| 1954, as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of |
7 |
| expenses allocable
to interest and disallowed as |
8 |
| deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue |
9 |
| Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for |
10 |
| taxable years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, |
11 |
| Sections 171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of |
12 |
| the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
|
13 |
| subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section |
14 |
| 250;
|
15 |
| (N) An amount equal to all amounts included in such |
16 |
| total which are
exempt from taxation by this State |
17 |
| either by reason of its statutes or
Constitution
or by |
18 |
| reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the |
19 |
| United States;
provided that, in the case of any |
20 |
| statute of this State that exempts income
derived from |
21 |
| bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under |
22 |
| this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net |
23 |
| of bond premium amortization;
|
24 |
| (O) An amount equal to any contribution made to a |
25 |
| job training
project established pursuant to the Tax |
26 |
| Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;
|
27 |
| (P) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction |
28 |
| used to compute the
federal income tax credit for |
29 |
| restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of |
30 |
| right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of |
31 |
| the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
|
32 |
| (Q) An amount equal to any amounts included in such |
33 |
| total, received by
the taxpayer as an acceleration in |
34 |
| the payment of life, endowment or annuity
benefits in |
35 |
| advance of the time they would otherwise be payable as |
36 |
| an indemnity
for a terminal illness;
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 34 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (R) An amount equal to the amount of any federal or |
2 |
| State bonus paid
to veterans of the Persian Gulf War;
|
3 |
| (S) An amount, to the extent included in adjusted |
4 |
| gross income, equal
to the amount of a contribution |
5 |
| made in the taxable year on behalf of the
taxpayer to a |
6 |
| medical care savings account established under the |
7 |
| Medical Care
Savings Account Act or the Medical Care |
8 |
| Savings Account Act of 2000 to the
extent the |
9 |
| contribution is accepted by the account
administrator |
10 |
| as provided in that Act;
|
11 |
| (T) An amount, to the extent included in adjusted |
12 |
| gross income, equal to
the amount of interest earned in |
13 |
| the taxable year on a medical care savings
account |
14 |
| established under the Medical Care Savings Account Act |
15 |
| or the Medical
Care Savings Account Act of 2000 on |
16 |
| behalf of the
taxpayer, other than interest added |
17 |
| pursuant to item (D-5) of this paragraph
(2);
|
18 |
| (U) For one taxable year beginning on or after |
19 |
| January 1,
1994, an
amount equal to the total amount of |
20 |
| tax imposed and paid under subsections (a)
and (b) of |
21 |
| Section 201 of this Act on grant amounts received by |
22 |
| the taxpayer
under the Nursing Home Grant Assistance |
23 |
| Act during the taxpayer's taxable years
1992 and 1993;
|
24 |
| (V) Beginning with tax years ending on or after |
25 |
| December 31, 1995 and
ending with tax years ending on |
26 |
| or before December 31, 2004, an amount equal to
the |
27 |
| amount paid by a taxpayer who is a
self-employed |
28 |
| taxpayer, a partner of a partnership, or a
shareholder |
29 |
| in a Subchapter S corporation for health insurance or |
30 |
| long-term
care insurance for that taxpayer or that |
31 |
| taxpayer's spouse or dependents, to
the extent that the |
32 |
| amount paid for that health insurance or long-term care
|
33 |
| insurance may be deducted under Section 213 of the |
34 |
| Internal Revenue Code of
1986, has not been deducted on |
35 |
| the federal income tax return of the taxpayer,
and does |
36 |
| not exceed the taxable income attributable to that |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 35 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| taxpayer's income,
self-employment income, or |
2 |
| Subchapter S corporation income; except that no
|
3 |
| deduction shall be allowed under this item (V) if the |
4 |
| taxpayer is eligible to
participate in any health |
5 |
| insurance or long-term care insurance plan of an
|
6 |
| employer of the taxpayer or the taxpayer's
spouse. The |
7 |
| amount of the health insurance and long-term care |
8 |
| insurance
subtracted under this item (V) shall be |
9 |
| determined by multiplying total
health insurance and |
10 |
| long-term care insurance premiums paid by the taxpayer
|
11 |
| times a number that represents the fractional |
12 |
| percentage of eligible medical
expenses under Section |
13 |
| 213 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 not actually
|
14 |
| deducted on the taxpayer's federal income tax return;
|
15 |
| (W) For taxable years beginning on or after January |
16 |
| 1, 1998,
all amounts included in the taxpayer's federal |
17 |
| gross income
in the taxable year from amounts converted |
18 |
| from a regular IRA to a Roth IRA.
This paragraph is |
19 |
| exempt from the provisions of Section
250;
|
20 |
| (X) For taxable year 1999 and thereafter, an amount |
21 |
| equal to the
amount of any (i) distributions, to the |
22 |
| extent includible in gross income for
federal income |
23 |
| tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of his or |
24 |
| her status
as a victim of persecution for racial or |
25 |
| religious reasons by Nazi Germany or
any other Axis |
26 |
| regime or as an heir of the victim and (ii) items
of |
27 |
| income, to the extent
includible in gross income for |
28 |
| federal income tax purposes, attributable to,
derived |
29 |
| from or in any way related to assets stolen from, |
30 |
| hidden from, or
otherwise lost to a victim of
|
31 |
| persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi |
32 |
| Germany or any other Axis
regime immediately prior to, |
33 |
| during, and immediately after World War II,
including, |
34 |
| but
not limited to, interest on the proceeds receivable |
35 |
| as insurance
under policies issued to a victim of |
36 |
| persecution for racial or religious
reasons
by Nazi |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 36 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Germany or any other Axis regime by European insurance |
2 |
| companies
immediately prior to and during World War II;
|
3 |
| provided, however, this subtraction from federal |
4 |
| adjusted gross income does not
apply to assets acquired |
5 |
| with such assets or with the proceeds from the sale of
|
6 |
| such assets; provided, further, this paragraph shall |
7 |
| only apply to a taxpayer
who was the first recipient of |
8 |
| such assets after their recovery and who is a
victim of |
9 |
| persecution for racial or religious reasons
by Nazi |
10 |
| Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the |
11 |
| victim. The
amount of and the eligibility for any |
12 |
| public assistance, benefit, or
similar entitlement is |
13 |
| not affected by the inclusion of items (i) and (ii) of
|
14 |
| this paragraph in gross income for federal income tax |
15 |
| purposes.
This paragraph is exempt from the provisions |
16 |
| of Section 250;
|
17 |
| (Y) For taxable years beginning on or after January |
18 |
| 1, 2002
and ending
on or before December 31, 2004, |
19 |
| moneys contributed in the taxable year to a College |
20 |
| Savings Pool account under
Section 16.5 of the State |
21 |
| Treasurer Act, except that amounts excluded from
gross |
22 |
| income under Section 529(c)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal |
23 |
| Revenue Code
shall not be considered moneys |
24 |
| contributed under this subparagraph (Y). For taxable |
25 |
| years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, a maximum |
26 |
| of $10,000
contributed
in the
taxable year to (i) a |
27 |
| College Savings Pool account under Section 16.5 of the
|
28 |
| State
Treasurer Act or (ii) the Illinois Prepaid |
29 |
| Tuition Trust Fund,
except that
amounts excluded from |
30 |
| gross income under Section 529(c)(3)(C)(i) of the
|
31 |
| Internal
Revenue Code shall not be considered moneys |
32 |
| contributed under this subparagraph
(Y). This
|
33 |
| subparagraph (Y) is exempt from the provisions of |
34 |
| Section 250;
|
35 |
| (Z) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the |
36 |
| taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 37 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) |
2 |
| is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return |
3 |
| under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal |
4 |
| Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year |
5 |
| thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
|
6 |
| (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation |
7 |
| deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the |
8 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return on property |
9 |
| for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of |
10 |
| the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was |
11 |
| taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section |
12 |
| 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including |
13 |
| the bonus depreciation deduction; and
|
14 |
| (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then |
15 |
| divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
|
16 |
| The aggregate amount deducted under this |
17 |
| subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of |
18 |
| property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
|
19 |
| depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of |
20 |
| the qualified property)
taken on that property on the |
21 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection |
22 |
| (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code;
|
23 |
| (AA) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss |
24 |
| on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the |
25 |
| taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property |
26 |
| for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year |
27 |
| to make an
addition modification under subparagraph |
28 |
| (D-15), then an amount equal to that
addition |
29 |
| modification.
|
30 |
| The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under |
31 |
| this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one |
32 |
| piece of property;
|
33 |
| (BB) Any amount included in adjusted gross income, |
34 |
| other
than
salary,
received by a driver in a |
35 |
| ridesharing arrangement using a motor vehicle;
|
36 |
| (CC) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 38 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account |
2 |
| for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with |
3 |
| a taxpayer that is required to make an addition |
4 |
| modification with respect to such transaction under |
5 |
| Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-13), |
6 |
| 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed |
7 |
| the amount of that addition modification, and
(ii) any |
8 |
| income from intangible property (net of the deductions |
9 |
| allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable |
10 |
| year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that |
11 |
| is required to make an addition modification with |
12 |
| respect to such transaction under Section |
13 |
| 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-14), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or |
14 |
| 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of that |
15 |
| addition modification; |
16 |
| (DD) An amount equal to the interest income taken |
17 |
| into account for the taxable year (net of the |
18 |
| deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
19 |
| transactions with a foreign person who would be a |
20 |
| member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
21 |
| the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
22 |
| outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
23 |
| person's total business activity, but not to exceed the |
24 |
| addition modification required to be made for the same |
25 |
| taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-17) for |
26 |
| interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
27 |
| indirectly, to the same foreign person; and |
28 |
| (EE) An amount equal to the income from intangible |
29 |
| property taken into account for the taxable year (net |
30 |
| of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
31 |
| transactions with a foreign person who would be a |
32 |
| member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
33 |
| the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
34 |
| outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
35 |
| person's total business activity, but not to exceed the |
36 |
| addition modification required to be made for the same |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 39 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18) for |
2 |
| intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or |
3 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign |
4 |
| person.
|
5 |
| (b) Corporations.
|
6 |
| (1) In general. In the case of a corporation, base |
7 |
| income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable |
8 |
| income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2).
|
9 |
| (2) Modifications. The taxable income referred to in |
10 |
| paragraph (1)
shall be modified by adding thereto the sum |
11 |
| of the following amounts:
|
12 |
| (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued |
13 |
| to the taxpayer
as interest and all distributions |
14 |
| received from regulated investment
companies during |
15 |
| the taxable year to the extent excluded from gross
|
16 |
| income in the computation of taxable income;
|
17 |
| (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by |
18 |
| this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in |
19 |
| the computation of taxable income
for the taxable year;
|
20 |
| (C) In the case of a regulated investment company, |
21 |
| an amount equal to
the excess of (i) the net long-term |
22 |
| capital gain for the taxable year, over
(ii) the amount |
23 |
| of the capital gain dividends designated as such in |
24 |
| accordance
with Section 852(b)(3)(C) of the Internal |
25 |
| Revenue Code and any amount
designated under Section |
26 |
| 852(b)(3)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code,
|
27 |
| attributable to the taxable year (this amendatory Act |
28 |
| of 1995
(Public Act 89-89) is declarative of existing |
29 |
| law and is not a new
enactment);
|
30 |
| (D) The amount of any net operating loss deduction |
31 |
| taken in arriving
at taxable income, other than a net |
32 |
| operating loss carried forward from a
taxable year |
33 |
| ending prior to December 31, 1986;
|
34 |
| (E) For taxable years in which a net operating loss |
35 |
| carryback or
carryforward from a taxable year ending |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 40 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| prior to December 31, 1986 is an
element of taxable |
2 |
| income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e) or
|
3 |
| subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (e), |
4 |
| the amount by which
addition modifications other than |
5 |
| those provided by this subparagraph (E)
exceeded |
6 |
| subtraction modifications in such earlier taxable |
7 |
| year, with the
following limitations applied in the |
8 |
| order that they are listed:
|
9 |
| (i) the addition modification relating to the |
10 |
| net operating loss
carried back or forward to the |
11 |
| taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to |
12 |
| December 31, 1986 shall be reduced by the amount of |
13 |
| addition
modification under this subparagraph (E) |
14 |
| which related to that net operating
loss and which |
15 |
| was taken into account in calculating the base |
16 |
| income of an
earlier taxable year, and
|
17 |
| (ii) the addition modification relating to the |
18 |
| net operating loss
carried back or forward to the |
19 |
| taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to |
20 |
| December 31, 1986 shall not exceed the amount of |
21 |
| such carryback or
carryforward;
|
22 |
| For taxable years in which there is a net operating |
23 |
| loss carryback or
carryforward from more than one other |
24 |
| taxable year ending prior to December
31, 1986, the |
25 |
| addition modification provided in this subparagraph |
26 |
| (E) shall
be the sum of the amounts computed |
27 |
| independently under the preceding
provisions of this |
28 |
| subparagraph (E) for each such taxable year;
|
29 |
| (E-5) For taxable years ending after December 31, |
30 |
| 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs |
31 |
| that the corporation
deducted in computing adjusted |
32 |
| gross income and for which the
corporation claims a |
33 |
| credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;
|
34 |
| (E-10) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an |
35 |
| amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% |
36 |
| of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 41 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the |
2 |
| taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the |
3 |
| Internal Revenue Code; and
|
4 |
| (E-11) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or |
5 |
| loss on the
taxpayer's federal income tax return for |
6 |
| the taxable year based on a sale or
transfer of |
7 |
| property for which the taxpayer was required in any |
8 |
| taxable year to
make an addition modification under |
9 |
| subparagraph (E-10), then an amount equal
to the |
10 |
| aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable
|
11 |
| years under subparagraph (T) with respect to that |
12 |
| property.
|
13 |
| The taxpayer is required to make the addition |
14 |
| modification under this
subparagraph
only once with |
15 |
| respect to any one piece of property;
|
16 |
| (E-12) For taxable years ending on or after |
17 |
| December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount |
18 |
| otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base |
19 |
| income for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, |
20 |
| directly or indirectly, to a foreign person who would |
21 |
| be a member of the same unitary business group but for |
22 |
| the fact the foreign person's business activity |
23 |
| outside the United States is 80% or more of the foreign |
24 |
| person's total business activity. The addition |
25 |
| modification required by this subparagraph shall be |
26 |
| reduced to the extent that dividends were included in |
27 |
| base income of the unitary group for the same taxable |
28 |
| year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the |
29 |
| taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts |
30 |
| included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 |
31 |
| through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts |
32 |
| included in gross income under Section 78 of the |
33 |
| Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the |
34 |
| same person to whom the interest was paid, accrued, or |
35 |
| incurred.
|
36 |
| This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 42 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
2 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
3 |
| person who is subject in a foreign country or |
4 |
| state, other than a state which requires mandatory |
5 |
| unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net |
6 |
| income with respect to such interest; or |
7 |
| (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
8 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
9 |
| person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a |
10 |
| preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
11 |
| following: |
12 |
| (a) the foreign person, during the same |
13 |
| taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
14 |
| interest to a person that is not a related |
15 |
| member, and |
16 |
| (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
17 |
| interest expense between the taxpayer and the |
18 |
| foreign person did not have as a principal |
19 |
| purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, |
20 |
| and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement |
21 |
| that reflects an arm's-length interest rate |
22 |
| and terms; or
|
23 |
| (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on |
24 |
| clear and convincing evidence, that the interest |
25 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or |
26 |
| agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and |
27 |
| terms and the principal purpose for the payment is |
28 |
| not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
|
29 |
| (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
30 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
31 |
| person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and |
32 |
| convincing evidence that the adjustments are |
33 |
| unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director |
34 |
| agree in writing to the application or use of an |
35 |
| alternative method of apportionment under Section |
36 |
| 304(f).
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 43 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
2 |
| Director from making any other adjustment |
3 |
| otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
4 |
| any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
5 |
| this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
6 |
| pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
7 |
| and such regulations provide methods and standards |
8 |
| by which the Department will utilize its authority |
9 |
| under Section 404 of this Act;
|
10 |
| (E-13) For taxable years ending on or after |
11 |
| December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount of |
12 |
| intangible expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a |
13 |
| deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, |
14 |
| accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a |
15 |
| foreign person who would be a member of the same |
16 |
| unitary business group but for the fact that the |
17 |
| foreign person's business activity outside the United |
18 |
| States is 80% or more of that person's total business |
19 |
| activity. The addition modification required by this |
20 |
| subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that |
21 |
| dividends were included in base income of the unitary |
22 |
| group for the same taxable year and received by the |
23 |
| taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary |
24 |
| business group (including amounts included in gross |
25 |
| income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the |
26 |
| Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross |
27 |
| income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) |
28 |
| with respect to the stock of the same person to whom |
29 |
| the intangible expenses and costs were directly or |
30 |
| indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding |
31 |
| sentence shall not apply to the extent that the same |
32 |
| dividends caused a reduction to the addition |
33 |
| modification required under Section 203(b)(2)(E-12) of |
34 |
| this Act.
As used in this subparagraph, the term |
35 |
| "intangible expenses and costs" includes (1) expenses, |
36 |
| losses, and costs for, or related to, the direct or |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 44 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| indirect acquisition, use, maintenance or management, |
2 |
| ownership, sale, exchange, or any other disposition of |
3 |
| intangible property; (2) losses incurred, directly or |
4 |
| indirectly, from factoring transactions or discounting |
5 |
| transactions; (3) royalty, patent, technical, and |
6 |
| copyright fees; (4) licensing fees; and (5) other |
7 |
| similar expenses and costs.
For purposes of this |
8 |
| subparagraph, "intangible property" includes patents, |
9 |
| patent applications, trade names, trademarks, service |
10 |
| marks, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets, and |
11 |
| similar types of intangible assets. |
12 |
| This paragraph shall not apply to the following: |
13 |
| (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs |
14 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
15 |
| indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign |
16 |
| person who is subject in a foreign country or |
17 |
| state, other than a state which requires mandatory |
18 |
| unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net |
19 |
| income with respect to such item; or |
20 |
| (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
21 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
22 |
| indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based |
23 |
| on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
24 |
| following: |
25 |
| (a) the foreign person during the same |
26 |
| taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
27 |
| intangible expense or cost to a person that is |
28 |
| not a related member, and |
29 |
| (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
30 |
| intangible expense or cost between the |
31 |
| taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as |
32 |
| a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois |
33 |
| income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract |
34 |
| or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; |
35 |
| or |
36 |
| (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 45 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
2 |
| indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign |
3 |
| person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and |
4 |
| convincing evidence, that the adjustments are |
5 |
| unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director |
6 |
| agree in writing to the application or use of an |
7 |
| alternative method of apportionment under Section |
8 |
| 304(f);
|
9 |
| Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
10 |
| Director from making any other adjustment |
11 |
| otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
12 |
| any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
13 |
| this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
14 |
| pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
15 |
| and such regulations provide methods and standards |
16 |
| by which the Department will utilize its authority |
17 |
| under Section 404 of this Act;
|
18 |
| and by deducting from the total so obtained the sum of the |
19 |
| following
amounts:
|
20 |
| (F) An amount equal to the amount of any tax |
21 |
| imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer |
22 |
| and included in such total for the
taxable year;
|
23 |
| (G) An amount equal to any amount included in such |
24 |
| total under
Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code;
|
25 |
| (H) In the case of a regulated investment company, |
26 |
| an amount equal
to the amount of exempt interest |
27 |
| dividends as defined in subsection (b)
(5) of Section |
28 |
| 852 of the Internal Revenue Code, paid to shareholders
|
29 |
| for the taxable year;
|
30 |
| (I) With the exception of any amounts subtracted |
31 |
| under subparagraph
(J),
an amount equal to the sum of |
32 |
| all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections |
33 |
| 171(a) (2), and 265(a)(2) and amounts disallowed as
|
34 |
| interest expense by Section 291(a)(3) of the Internal |
35 |
| Revenue Code, as now
or hereafter amended, and all |
36 |
| amounts of expenses allocable to interest and
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 46 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| disallowed as deductions by Section 265(a)(1) of the |
2 |
| Internal Revenue Code,
as now or hereafter amended;
and |
3 |
| (ii) for taxable years
ending on or after August 13, |
4 |
| 1999, Sections
171(a)(2), 265,
280C, 291(a)(3), and |
5 |
| 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code; the
|
6 |
| provisions of this
subparagraph are exempt from the |
7 |
| provisions of Section 250;
|
8 |
| (J) An amount equal to all amounts included in such |
9 |
| total which are
exempt from taxation by this State |
10 |
| either by reason of its statutes or
Constitution
or by |
11 |
| reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the |
12 |
| United States;
provided that, in the case of any |
13 |
| statute of this State that exempts income
derived from |
14 |
| bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under |
15 |
| this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net |
16 |
| of bond premium amortization;
|
17 |
| (K) (Blank);
An amount equal to those dividends |
18 |
| included in such total
which were paid by a corporation |
19 |
| which conducts
business operations in an Enterprise |
20 |
| Zone or zones created under
the Illinois Enterprise |
21 |
| Zone Act and conducts substantially all of its
|
22 |
| operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones;
|
23 |
| (L) (Blank);
An amount equal to those dividends |
24 |
| included in such total that
were paid by a corporation |
25 |
| that conducts business operations in a federally
|
26 |
| designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is |
27 |
| designated a High Impact
Business located in Illinois; |
28 |
| provided that dividends eligible for the
deduction |
29 |
| provided in subparagraph (K) of paragraph 2 of this |
30 |
| subsection
shall not be eligible for the deduction |
31 |
| provided under this subparagraph
(L);
|
32 |
| (M) For any taxpayer that is a financial |
33 |
| organization within the meaning
of Section 304(c) of |
34 |
| this Act, an amount included in such total as interest
|
35 |
| income from a loan or loans made by such taxpayer to a |
36 |
| borrower, to the extent
that such a loan is secured by |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 47 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| property which is eligible for the Enterprise
Zone |
2 |
| Investment Credit. To determine the portion of a loan |
3 |
| or loans that is
secured by property eligible for a |
4 |
| Section 201(f) investment
credit to the borrower, the |
5 |
| entire principal amount of the loan or loans
between |
6 |
| the taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into |
7 |
| the basis of the
Section 201(f) investment credit |
8 |
| property which secures the
loan or loans, using for |
9 |
| this purpose the original basis of such property on
the |
10 |
| date that it was placed in service in the
Enterprise |
11 |
| Zone. The subtraction modification available to |
12 |
| taxpayer in any
year under this subsection shall be |
13 |
| that portion of the total interest paid
by the borrower |
14 |
| with respect to such loan attributable to the eligible
|
15 |
| property as calculated under the previous sentence;
|
16 |
| (M-1) For any taxpayer that is a financial |
17 |
| organization within the
meaning of Section 304(c) of |
18 |
| this Act, an amount included in such total as
interest |
19 |
| income from a loan or loans made by such taxpayer to a |
20 |
| borrower,
to the extent that such a loan is secured by |
21 |
| property which is eligible for
the High Impact Business |
22 |
| Investment Credit. To determine the portion of a
loan |
23 |
| or loans that is secured by property eligible for a |
24 |
| Section 201(h) investment credit to the borrower, the |
25 |
| entire principal amount of
the loan or loans between |
26 |
| the taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into
|
27 |
| the basis of the Section 201(h) investment credit |
28 |
| property which
secures the loan or loans, using for |
29 |
| this purpose the original basis of such
property on the |
30 |
| date that it was placed in service in a federally |
31 |
| designated
Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone located in |
32 |
| Illinois. No taxpayer that is
eligible for the |
33 |
| deduction provided in subparagraph (M) of paragraph |
34 |
| (2) of
this subsection shall be eligible for the |
35 |
| deduction provided under this
subparagraph (M-1). The |
36 |
| subtraction modification available to taxpayers in
any |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 48 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| year under this subsection shall be that portion of the |
2 |
| total interest
paid by the borrower with respect to |
3 |
| such loan attributable to the eligible
property as |
4 |
| calculated under the previous sentence;
|
5 |
| (N) Two times any contribution made during the |
6 |
| taxable year to a
designated zone organization to the |
7 |
| extent that the contribution (i)
qualifies as a |
8 |
| charitable contribution under subsection (c) of |
9 |
| Section 170
of the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) must, |
10 |
| by its terms, be used for a
project approved by the |
11 |
| Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity under |
12 |
| Section 11 of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act;
|
13 |
| (O) An amount equal to: (i) 85% for taxable years |
14 |
| ending on or before
December 31, 1992, or, a percentage |
15 |
| equal to the percentage allowable under
Section |
16 |
| 243(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for |
17 |
| taxable years ending
after December 31, 1992, of the |
18 |
| amount by which dividends included in taxable
income |
19 |
| and received from a corporation that is not created or |
20 |
| organized under
the laws of the United States or any |
21 |
| state or political subdivision thereof,
including, for |
22 |
| taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1988, |
23 |
| dividends
received or deemed received or paid or deemed |
24 |
| paid under Sections 951 through
964 of the Internal |
25 |
| Revenue Code, exceed the amount of the modification
|
26 |
| provided under subparagraph (G) of paragraph (2) of |
27 |
| this subsection (b) which
is related to such dividends; |
28 |
| plus (ii) 100% of the amount by which dividends,
|
29 |
| included in taxable income and received, including, |
30 |
| for taxable years ending on
or after December 31, 1988, |
31 |
| dividends received or deemed received or paid or
deemed |
32 |
| paid under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal |
33 |
| Revenue Code, from
any such corporation specified in |
34 |
| clause (i) that would but for the provisions
of Section |
35 |
| 1504 (b) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code be treated as |
36 |
| a member of
the affiliated group which includes the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 49 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| dividend recipient, exceed the amount
of the |
2 |
| modification provided under subparagraph (G) of |
3 |
| paragraph (2) of this
subsection (b) which is related |
4 |
| to such dividends;
|
5 |
| (P) An amount equal to any contribution made to a |
6 |
| job training project
established pursuant to the Tax |
7 |
| Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;
|
8 |
| (Q) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction |
9 |
| used to compute the
federal income tax credit for |
10 |
| restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of |
11 |
| right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of |
12 |
| the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
|
13 |
| (R) In the case of an attorney-in-fact with respect |
14 |
| to whom an
interinsurer or a reciprocal insurer has |
15 |
| made the election under Section 835 of
the Internal |
16 |
| Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. 835, an amount equal to the |
17 |
| excess, if
any, of the amounts paid or incurred by that |
18 |
| interinsurer or reciprocal insurer
in the taxable year |
19 |
| to the attorney-in-fact over the deduction allowed to |
20 |
| that
interinsurer or reciprocal insurer with respect |
21 |
| to the attorney-in-fact under
Section 835(b) of the |
22 |
| Internal Revenue Code for the taxable year;
|
23 |
| (S) For taxable years ending on or after December |
24 |
| 31, 1997, in the
case of a Subchapter
S corporation, an |
25 |
| amount equal to all amounts of income allocable to a
|
26 |
| shareholder subject to the Personal Property Tax |
27 |
| Replacement Income Tax imposed
by subsections (c) and |
28 |
| (d) of Section 201 of this Act, including amounts
|
29 |
| allocable to organizations exempt from federal income |
30 |
| tax by reason of Section
501(a) of the Internal Revenue |
31 |
| Code. This subparagraph (S) is exempt from
the |
32 |
| provisions of Section 250;
|
33 |
| (T) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the |
34 |
| taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction |
35 |
| (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) |
36 |
| is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 50 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal |
2 |
| Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year |
3 |
| thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
|
4 |
| (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation |
5 |
| deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the |
6 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return on property |
7 |
| for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of |
8 |
| the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was |
9 |
| taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section |
10 |
| 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including |
11 |
| the bonus depreciation deduction; and
|
12 |
| (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then |
13 |
| divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
|
14 |
| The aggregate amount deducted under this |
15 |
| subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of |
16 |
| property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
|
17 |
| depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of |
18 |
| the qualified property)
taken on that property on the |
19 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection |
20 |
| (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code;
|
21 |
| (U) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss |
22 |
| on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the |
23 |
| taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property |
24 |
| for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year |
25 |
| to make an
addition modification under subparagraph |
26 |
| (E-10), then an amount equal to that
addition |
27 |
| modification.
|
28 |
| The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under |
29 |
| this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one |
30 |
| piece of property;
|
31 |
| (V) The amount of: (i) any interest income (net of |
32 |
| the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account |
33 |
| for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with |
34 |
| a taxpayer that is required to make an addition |
35 |
| modification with respect to such transaction under |
36 |
| Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 51 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed |
2 |
| the amount of such addition modification and
(ii) any |
3 |
| income from intangible property (net of the deductions |
4 |
| allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable |
5 |
| year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that |
6 |
| is required to make an addition modification with |
7 |
| respect to such transaction under Section |
8 |
| 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or |
9 |
| 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such |
10 |
| addition modification;
|
11 |
| (W) An amount equal to the interest income taken |
12 |
| into account for the taxable year (net of the |
13 |
| deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
14 |
| transactions with a foreign person who would be a |
15 |
| member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
16 |
| the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
17 |
| outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
18 |
| person's total business activity, but not to exceed the |
19 |
| addition modification required to be made for the same |
20 |
| taxable year under Section 203(b)(2)(E-12) for |
21 |
| interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
22 |
| indirectly, to the same foreign person; and
|
23 |
| (X) An amount equal to the income from intangible |
24 |
| property taken into account for the taxable year (net |
25 |
| of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
26 |
| transactions with a foreign person who would be a |
27 |
| member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
28 |
| the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
29 |
| outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
30 |
| person's total business activity, but not to exceed the |
31 |
| addition modification required to be made for the same |
32 |
| taxable year under Section 203(b)(2)(E-13) for |
33 |
| intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or |
34 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign |
35 |
| person.
|
36 |
| (3) Special rule. For purposes of paragraph (2) (A), |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 52 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| "gross income"
in the case of a life insurance company, for |
2 |
| tax years ending on and after
December 31, 1994,
shall mean |
3 |
| the gross investment income for the taxable year.
|
4 |
| (c) Trusts and estates.
|
5 |
| (1) In general. In the case of a trust or estate, base |
6 |
| income means
an amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable |
7 |
| income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2).
|
8 |
| (2) Modifications. Subject to the provisions of |
9 |
| paragraph (3), the
taxable income referred to in paragraph |
10 |
| (1) shall be modified by adding
thereto the sum of the |
11 |
| following amounts:
|
12 |
| (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued |
13 |
| to the taxpayer
as interest or dividends during the |
14 |
| taxable year to the extent excluded
from gross income |
15 |
| in the computation of taxable income;
|
16 |
| (B) In the case of (i) an estate, $600; (ii) a |
17 |
| trust which, under
its governing instrument, is |
18 |
| required to distribute all of its income
currently, |
19 |
| $300; and (iii) any other trust, $100, but in each such |
20 |
| case,
only to the extent such amount was deducted in |
21 |
| the computation of
taxable income;
|
22 |
| (C) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by |
23 |
| this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in |
24 |
| the computation of taxable income
for the taxable year;
|
25 |
| (D) The amount of any net operating loss deduction |
26 |
| taken in arriving at
taxable income, other than a net |
27 |
| operating loss carried forward from a
taxable year |
28 |
| ending prior to December 31, 1986;
|
29 |
| (E) For taxable years in which a net operating loss |
30 |
| carryback or
carryforward from a taxable year ending |
31 |
| prior to December 31, 1986 is an
element of taxable |
32 |
| income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e) or |
33 |
| subparagraph
(E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (e), |
34 |
| the amount by which addition
modifications other than |
35 |
| those provided by this subparagraph (E) exceeded
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 53 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| subtraction modifications in such taxable year, with |
2 |
| the following limitations
applied in the order that |
3 |
| they are listed:
|
4 |
| (i) the addition modification relating to the |
5 |
| net operating loss
carried back or forward to the |
6 |
| taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to |
7 |
| December 31, 1986 shall be reduced by the amount of |
8 |
| addition
modification under this subparagraph (E) |
9 |
| which related to that net
operating loss and which |
10 |
| was taken into account in calculating the base
|
11 |
| income of an earlier taxable year, and
|
12 |
| (ii) the addition modification relating to the |
13 |
| net operating loss
carried back or forward to the |
14 |
| taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to |
15 |
| December 31, 1986 shall not exceed the amount of |
16 |
| such carryback or
carryforward;
|
17 |
| For taxable years in which there is a net operating |
18 |
| loss carryback or
carryforward from more than one other |
19 |
| taxable year ending prior to December
31, 1986, the |
20 |
| addition modification provided in this subparagraph |
21 |
| (E) shall
be the sum of the amounts computed |
22 |
| independently under the preceding
provisions of this |
23 |
| subparagraph (E) for each such taxable year;
|
24 |
| (F) For taxable years ending on or after January 1, |
25 |
| 1989, an amount
equal to the tax deducted pursuant to |
26 |
| Section 164 of the Internal Revenue
Code if the trust |
27 |
| or estate is claiming the same tax for purposes of the
|
28 |
| Illinois foreign tax credit under Section 601 of this |
29 |
| Act;
|
30 |
| (G) An amount equal to the amount of the capital |
31 |
| gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue |
32 |
| Code, to the extent deducted from
gross income in the |
33 |
| computation of taxable income;
|
34 |
| (G-5) For taxable years ending after December 31, |
35 |
| 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs |
36 |
| that the trust or estate
deducted in computing adjusted |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 54 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| gross income and for which the trust
or estate claims a |
2 |
| credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;
|
3 |
| (G-10) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an |
4 |
| amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% |
5 |
| of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken |
6 |
| on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the |
7 |
| taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the |
8 |
| Internal Revenue Code; and
|
9 |
| (G-11) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or |
10 |
| loss on the
taxpayer's federal income tax return for |
11 |
| the taxable year based on a sale or
transfer of |
12 |
| property for which the taxpayer was required in any |
13 |
| taxable year to
make an addition modification under |
14 |
| subparagraph (G-10), then an amount equal
to the |
15 |
| aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable
|
16 |
| years under subparagraph (R) with respect to that |
17 |
| property.
|
18 |
| The taxpayer is required to make the addition |
19 |
| modification under this
subparagraph
only once with |
20 |
| respect to any one piece of property;
|
21 |
| (G-12) For taxable years ending on or after |
22 |
| December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount |
23 |
| otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base |
24 |
| income for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, |
25 |
| directly or indirectly, to a foreign person who would |
26 |
| be a member of the same unitary business group but for |
27 |
| the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
28 |
| outside the United States is 80% or more of the foreign |
29 |
| person's total business activity. The addition |
30 |
| modification required by this subparagraph shall be |
31 |
| reduced to the extent that dividends were included in |
32 |
| base income of the unitary group for the same taxable |
33 |
| year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the |
34 |
| taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts |
35 |
| included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 |
36 |
| through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 55 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| included in gross income under Section 78 of the |
2 |
| Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the |
3 |
| same person to whom the interest was paid, accrued, or |
4 |
| incurred.
|
5 |
| This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
|
6 |
| (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
7 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
8 |
| person who is subject in a foreign country or |
9 |
| state, other than a state which requires mandatory |
10 |
| unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net |
11 |
| income with respect to such interest; or |
12 |
| (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
13 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
14 |
| person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a |
15 |
| preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
16 |
| following: |
17 |
| (a) the foreign person, during the same |
18 |
| taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
19 |
| interest to a person that is not a related |
20 |
| member, and |
21 |
| (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
22 |
| interest expense between the taxpayer and the |
23 |
| foreign person did not have as a principal |
24 |
| purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, |
25 |
| and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement |
26 |
| that reflects an arm's-length interest rate |
27 |
| and terms; or
|
28 |
| (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on |
29 |
| clear and convincing evidence, that the interest |
30 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or |
31 |
| agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and |
32 |
| terms and the principal purpose for the payment is |
33 |
| not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
|
34 |
| (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
35 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
36 |
| person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 56 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| convincing evidence that the adjustments are |
2 |
| unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director |
3 |
| agree in writing to the application or use of an |
4 |
| alternative method of apportionment under Section |
5 |
| 304(f).
|
6 |
| Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
7 |
| Director from making any other adjustment |
8 |
| otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
9 |
| any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
10 |
| this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
11 |
| pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
12 |
| and such regulations provide methods and standards |
13 |
| by which the Department will utilize its authority |
14 |
| under Section 404 of this Act;
|
15 |
| (G-13) For taxable years ending on or after |
16 |
| December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount of |
17 |
| intangible expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a |
18 |
| deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, |
19 |
| accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a |
20 |
| foreign person who would be a member of the same |
21 |
| unitary business group but for the fact that the |
22 |
| foreign person's business activity outside the United |
23 |
| States is 80% or more of that person's total business |
24 |
| activity. The addition modification required by this |
25 |
| subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that |
26 |
| dividends were included in base income of the unitary |
27 |
| group for the same taxable year and received by the |
28 |
| taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary |
29 |
| business group (including amounts included in gross |
30 |
| income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the |
31 |
| Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross |
32 |
| income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) |
33 |
| with respect to the stock of the same person to whom |
34 |
| the intangible expenses and costs were directly or |
35 |
| indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding |
36 |
| sentence shall not apply to the extent that the same |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 57 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| dividends caused a reduction to the addition |
2 |
| modification required under Section 203(c)(2)(G-12) of |
3 |
| this Act. As used in this subparagraph, the term |
4 |
| "intangible expenses and costs" includes: (1) |
5 |
| expenses, losses, and costs for or related to the |
6 |
| direct or indirect acquisition, use, maintenance or |
7 |
| management, ownership, sale, exchange, or any other |
8 |
| disposition of intangible property; (2) losses |
9 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, from factoring |
10 |
| transactions or discounting transactions; (3) royalty, |
11 |
| patent, technical, and copyright fees; (4) licensing |
12 |
| fees; and (5) other similar expenses and costs. For |
13 |
| purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible property" |
14 |
| includes patents, patent applications, trade names, |
15 |
| trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask works, |
16 |
| trade secrets, and similar types of intangible assets. |
17 |
| This paragraph shall not apply to the following: |
18 |
| (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs |
19 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
20 |
| indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign |
21 |
| person who is subject in a foreign country or |
22 |
| state, other than a state which requires mandatory |
23 |
| unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net |
24 |
| income with respect to such item; or |
25 |
| (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
26 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
27 |
| indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based |
28 |
| on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
29 |
| following: |
30 |
| (a) the foreign person during the same |
31 |
| taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
32 |
| intangible expense or cost to a person that is |
33 |
| not a related member, and |
34 |
| (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
35 |
| intangible expense or cost between the |
36 |
| taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 58 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois |
2 |
| income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract |
3 |
| or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; |
4 |
| or |
5 |
| (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
6 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
7 |
| indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign |
8 |
| person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and |
9 |
| convincing evidence, that the adjustments are |
10 |
| unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director |
11 |
| agree in writing to the application or use of an |
12 |
| alternative method of apportionment under Section |
13 |
| 304(f);
|
14 |
| Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
15 |
| Director from making any other adjustment |
16 |
| otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
17 |
| any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
18 |
| this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
19 |
| pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
20 |
| and such regulations provide methods and standards |
21 |
| by which the Department will utilize its authority |
22 |
| under Section 404 of this Act;
|
23 |
| and by deducting from the total so obtained the sum of the |
24 |
| following
amounts:
|
25 |
| (H) An amount equal to all amounts included in such |
26 |
| total pursuant
to the provisions of Sections 402(a), |
27 |
| 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a)
and 408 of the |
28 |
| Internal Revenue Code or included in such total as
|
29 |
| distributions under the provisions of any retirement |
30 |
| or disability plan for
employees of any governmental |
31 |
| agency or unit, or retirement payments to
retired |
32 |
| partners, which payments are excluded in computing net |
33 |
| earnings
from self employment by Section 1402 of the |
34 |
| Internal Revenue Code and
regulations adopted pursuant |
35 |
| thereto;
|
36 |
| (I) The valuation limitation amount;
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 59 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (J) An amount equal to the amount of any tax |
2 |
| imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer |
3 |
| and included in such total for the
taxable year;
|
4 |
| (K) An amount equal to all amounts included in |
5 |
| taxable income as
modified by subparagraphs (A), (B), |
6 |
| (C), (D), (E), (F) and (G) which
are exempt from |
7 |
| taxation by this State either by reason of its statutes |
8 |
| or
Constitution
or by reason of the Constitution, |
9 |
| treaties or statutes of the United States;
provided |
10 |
| that, in the case of any statute of this State that |
11 |
| exempts income
derived from bonds or other obligations |
12 |
| from the tax imposed under this Act,
the amount |
13 |
| exempted shall be the interest net of bond premium |
14 |
| amortization;
|
15 |
| (L) With the exception of any amounts subtracted |
16 |
| under subparagraph
(K),
an amount equal to the sum of |
17 |
| all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections |
18 |
| 171(a) (2) and 265(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue
Code, |
19 |
| as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of |
20 |
| expenses allocable
to interest and disallowed as |
21 |
| deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue |
22 |
| Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for |
23 |
| taxable years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, |
24 |
| Sections
171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of |
25 |
| the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
|
26 |
| subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section |
27 |
| 250;
|
28 |
| (M) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
29 |
| such total
which were paid by a corporation which |
30 |
| conducts business operations in an
Enterprise Zone or |
31 |
| zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act |
32 |
| and
conducts substantially all of its operations in an |
33 |
| Enterprise Zone or Zones;
|
34 |
| (N) An amount equal to any contribution made to a |
35 |
| job training
project established pursuant to the Tax |
36 |
| Increment Allocation
Redevelopment Act;
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 60 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (O) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
2 |
| such total
that were paid by a corporation that |
3 |
| conducts business operations in a
federally designated |
4 |
| Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated
a |
5 |
| High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided |
6 |
| that dividends eligible
for the deduction provided in |
7 |
| subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2) of this
subsection |
8 |
| shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under |
9 |
| this
subparagraph (O);
|
10 |
| (P) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction |
11 |
| used to compute the
federal income tax credit for |
12 |
| restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of |
13 |
| right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of |
14 |
| the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
|
15 |
| (Q) For taxable year 1999 and thereafter, an amount |
16 |
| equal to the
amount of any
(i) distributions, to the |
17 |
| extent includible in gross income for
federal income |
18 |
| tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of
his or |
19 |
| her status as a victim of
persecution for racial or |
20 |
| religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis
|
21 |
| regime or as an heir of the victim and (ii) items
of |
22 |
| income, to the extent
includible in gross income for |
23 |
| federal income tax purposes, attributable to,
derived |
24 |
| from or in any way related to assets stolen from, |
25 |
| hidden from, or
otherwise lost to a victim of
|
26 |
| persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi
|
27 |
| Germany or any other Axis regime
immediately prior to, |
28 |
| during, and immediately after World War II, including,
|
29 |
| but
not limited to, interest on the proceeds receivable |
30 |
| as insurance
under policies issued to a victim of |
31 |
| persecution for racial or religious
reasons by Nazi |
32 |
| Germany or any other Axis regime by European insurance
|
33 |
| companies
immediately prior to and during World War II;
|
34 |
| provided, however, this subtraction from federal |
35 |
| adjusted gross income does not
apply to assets acquired |
36 |
| with such assets or with the proceeds from the sale of
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 61 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| such assets; provided, further, this paragraph shall |
2 |
| only apply to a taxpayer
who was the first recipient of |
3 |
| such assets after their recovery and who is a
victim of
|
4 |
| persecution for racial or religious reasons
by Nazi |
5 |
| Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the |
6 |
| victim. The
amount of and the eligibility for any |
7 |
| public assistance, benefit, or
similar entitlement is |
8 |
| not affected by the inclusion of items (i) and (ii) of
|
9 |
| this paragraph in gross income for federal income tax |
10 |
| purposes.
This paragraph is exempt from the provisions |
11 |
| of Section 250;
|
12 |
| (R) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the |
13 |
| taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction |
14 |
| (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) |
15 |
| is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return |
16 |
| under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal |
17 |
| Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year |
18 |
| thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
|
19 |
| (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation |
20 |
| deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the |
21 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return on property |
22 |
| for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of |
23 |
| the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was |
24 |
| taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section |
25 |
| 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including |
26 |
| the bonus depreciation deduction; and
|
27 |
| (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then |
28 |
| divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
|
29 |
| The aggregate amount deducted under this |
30 |
| subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of |
31 |
| property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
|
32 |
| depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of |
33 |
| the qualified property)
taken on that property on the |
34 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection |
35 |
| (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code;
|
36 |
| (S) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 62 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the |
2 |
| taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property |
3 |
| for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year |
4 |
| to make an
addition modification under subparagraph |
5 |
| (G-10), then an amount equal to that
addition |
6 |
| modification.
|
7 |
| The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under |
8 |
| this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one |
9 |
| piece of property;
|
10 |
| (T) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of |
11 |
| the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account |
12 |
| for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with |
13 |
| a taxpayer that is required to make an addition |
14 |
| modification with respect to such transaction under |
15 |
| Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), |
16 |
| 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed |
17 |
| the amount of such addition modification and
(ii) any |
18 |
| income from intangible property (net of the deductions |
19 |
| allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable |
20 |
| year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that |
21 |
| is required to make an addition modification with |
22 |
| respect to such transaction under Section |
23 |
| 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or |
24 |
| 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such |
25 |
| addition modification;
|
26 |
| (U) An amount equal to the interest income taken |
27 |
| into account for the taxable year (net of the |
28 |
| deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
29 |
| transactions with a foreign person who would be a |
30 |
| member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
31 |
| the fact the foreign person's business activity |
32 |
| outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
33 |
| person's total business activity, but not to exceed the |
34 |
| addition modification required to be made for the same |
35 |
| taxable year under Section 203(c)(2)(G-12) for |
36 |
| interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 63 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| indirectly, to the same foreign person; and
|
2 |
| (V) An amount equal to the income from intangible |
3 |
| property taken into account for the taxable year (net |
4 |
| of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
5 |
| transactions with a foreign person who would be a |
6 |
| member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
7 |
| the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
8 |
| outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
9 |
| person's total business activity, but not to exceed the |
10 |
| addition modification required to be made for the same |
11 |
| taxable year under Section 203(c)(2)(G-13) for |
12 |
| intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or |
13 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign |
14 |
| person.
|
15 |
| (3) Limitation. The amount of any modification |
16 |
| otherwise required
under this subsection shall, under |
17 |
| regulations prescribed by the
Department, be adjusted by |
18 |
| any amounts included therein which were
properly paid, |
19 |
| credited, or required to be distributed, or permanently set
|
20 |
| aside for charitable purposes pursuant to Internal Revenue |
21 |
| Code Section
642(c) during the taxable year.
|
22 |
| (d) Partnerships.
|
23 |
| (1) In general. In the case of a partnership, base |
24 |
| income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable |
25 |
| income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2).
|
26 |
| (2) Modifications. The taxable income referred to in |
27 |
| paragraph (1)
shall be modified by adding thereto the sum |
28 |
| of the following amounts:
|
29 |
| (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued |
30 |
| to the taxpayer as
interest or dividends during the |
31 |
| taxable year to the extent excluded from
gross income |
32 |
| in the computation of taxable income;
|
33 |
| (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by |
34 |
| this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income for |
35 |
| the taxable year;
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 64 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (C) The amount of deductions allowed to the |
2 |
| partnership pursuant to
Section 707 (c) of the Internal |
3 |
| Revenue Code in calculating its taxable income;
|
4 |
| (D) An amount equal to the amount of the capital |
5 |
| gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue |
6 |
| Code, to the extent deducted from
gross income in the |
7 |
| computation of taxable income;
|
8 |
| (D-5) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an |
9 |
| amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction (30% |
10 |
| of the adjusted basis of the qualified
property) taken |
11 |
| on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the |
12 |
| taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the |
13 |
| Internal Revenue Code;
|
14 |
| (D-6) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or |
15 |
| loss on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for |
16 |
| the taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
|
17 |
| property for which the taxpayer was required in any |
18 |
| taxable year to make an
addition modification under |
19 |
| subparagraph (D-5), then an amount equal to the
|
20 |
| aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable |
21 |
| years
under subparagraph (O) with respect to that |
22 |
| property.
|
23 |
| The taxpayer is required to make the addition |
24 |
| modification under this
subparagraph
only once with |
25 |
| respect to any one piece of property;
|
26 |
| (D-7) For taxable years ending on or after December |
27 |
| 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount otherwise |
28 |
| allowed as a deduction in computing base income for |
29 |
| interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
30 |
| indirectly, to a foreign person who would be a member |
31 |
| of the same unitary business group but for the fact the |
32 |
| foreign person's business activity outside the United |
33 |
| States is 80% or more of the foreign person's total |
34 |
| business activity. The addition modification required |
35 |
| by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent |
36 |
| that dividends were included in base income of the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 65 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| unitary group for the same taxable year and received by |
2 |
| the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary |
3 |
| business group (including amounts included in gross |
4 |
| income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the |
5 |
| Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross |
6 |
| income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) |
7 |
| with respect to the stock of the same person to whom |
8 |
| the interest was paid, accrued, or incurred.
|
9 |
| This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
|
10 |
| (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
11 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
12 |
| person who is subject in a foreign country or |
13 |
| state, other than a state which requires mandatory |
14 |
| unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net |
15 |
| income with respect to such interest; or |
16 |
| (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
17 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
18 |
| person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a |
19 |
| preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
20 |
| following: |
21 |
| (a) the foreign person, during the same |
22 |
| taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
23 |
| interest to a person that is not a related |
24 |
| member, and |
25 |
| (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
26 |
| interest expense between the taxpayer and the |
27 |
| foreign person did not have as a principal |
28 |
| purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, |
29 |
| and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement |
30 |
| that reflects an arm's-length interest rate |
31 |
| and terms; or
|
32 |
| (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on |
33 |
| clear and convincing evidence, that the interest |
34 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or |
35 |
| agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and |
36 |
| terms and the principal purpose for the payment is |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 66 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
|
2 |
| (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
3 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign |
4 |
| person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and |
5 |
| convincing evidence that the adjustments are |
6 |
| unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director |
7 |
| agree in writing to the application or use of an |
8 |
| alternative method of apportionment under Section |
9 |
| 304(f).
|
10 |
| Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
11 |
| Director from making any other adjustment |
12 |
| otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
13 |
| any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
14 |
| this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
15 |
| pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
16 |
| and such regulations provide methods and standards |
17 |
| by which the Department will utilize its authority |
18 |
| under Section 404 of this Act; and
|
19 |
| (D-8) For taxable years ending on or after December |
20 |
| 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount of intangible |
21 |
| expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in |
22 |
| computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or |
23 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person |
24 |
| who would be a member of the same unitary business |
25 |
| group but for the fact that the foreign person's |
26 |
| business activity outside the United States is 80% or |
27 |
| more of that person's total business activity. The |
28 |
| addition modification required by this subparagraph |
29 |
| shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were |
30 |
| included in base income of the unitary group for the |
31 |
| same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a |
32 |
| member of the taxpayer's unitary business group |
33 |
| (including amounts included in gross income pursuant |
34 |
| to Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue |
35 |
| Code and amounts included in gross income under Section |
36 |
| 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 67 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| stock of the same person to whom the intangible |
2 |
| expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, |
3 |
| incurred or accrued. The preceding sentence shall not |
4 |
| apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a |
5 |
| reduction to the addition modification required under |
6 |
| Section 203(d)(2)(D-7) of this Act. As used in this |
7 |
| subparagraph, the term "intangible expenses and costs" |
8 |
| includes (1) expenses, losses, and costs for, or |
9 |
| related to, the direct or indirect acquisition, use, |
10 |
| maintenance or management, ownership, sale, exchange, |
11 |
| or any other disposition of intangible property; (2) |
12 |
| losses incurred, directly or indirectly, from |
13 |
| factoring transactions or discounting transactions; |
14 |
| (3) royalty, patent, technical, and copyright fees; |
15 |
| (4) licensing fees; and (5) other similar expenses and |
16 |
| costs. For purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible |
17 |
| property" includes patents, patent applications, trade |
18 |
| names, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask |
19 |
| works, trade secrets, and similar types of intangible |
20 |
| assets; |
21 |
| This paragraph shall not apply to the following: |
22 |
| (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs |
23 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
24 |
| indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign |
25 |
| person who is subject in a foreign country or |
26 |
| state, other than a state which requires mandatory |
27 |
| unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net |
28 |
| income with respect to such item; or |
29 |
| (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
30 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
31 |
| indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based |
32 |
| on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
33 |
| following: |
34 |
| (a) the foreign person during the same |
35 |
| taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
36 |
| intangible expense or cost to a person that is |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 68 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| not a related member, and |
2 |
| (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
3 |
| intangible expense or cost between the |
4 |
| taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as |
5 |
| a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois |
6 |
| income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract |
7 |
| or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; |
8 |
| or |
9 |
| (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
10 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
11 |
| indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign |
12 |
| person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and |
13 |
| convincing evidence, that the adjustments are |
14 |
| unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director |
15 |
| agree in writing to the application or use of an |
16 |
| alternative method of apportionment under Section |
17 |
| 304(f);
|
18 |
| Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
19 |
| Director from making any other adjustment |
20 |
| otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
21 |
| any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
22 |
| this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
23 |
| pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
24 |
| and such regulations provide methods and standards |
25 |
| by which the Department will utilize its authority |
26 |
| under Section 404 of this Act;
|
27 |
| and by deducting from the total so obtained the following |
28 |
| amounts:
|
29 |
| (E) The valuation limitation amount;
|
30 |
| (F) An amount equal to the amount of any tax |
31 |
| imposed by this Act which
was refunded to the taxpayer |
32 |
| and included in such total for the taxable year;
|
33 |
| (G) An amount equal to all amounts included in |
34 |
| taxable income as
modified by subparagraphs (A), (B), |
35 |
| (C) and (D) which are exempt from
taxation by this |
36 |
| State either by reason of its statutes or Constitution |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 69 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| or
by reason of
the Constitution, treaties or statutes |
2 |
| of the United States;
provided that, in the case of any |
3 |
| statute of this State that exempts income
derived from |
4 |
| bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under |
5 |
| this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net |
6 |
| of bond premium amortization;
|
7 |
| (H) Any income of the partnership which |
8 |
| constitutes personal service
income as defined in |
9 |
| Section 1348 (b) (1) of the Internal Revenue Code (as
|
10 |
| in effect December 31, 1981) or a reasonable allowance |
11 |
| for compensation
paid or accrued for services rendered |
12 |
| by partners to the partnership,
whichever is greater;
|
13 |
| (I) An amount equal to all amounts of income |
14 |
| distributable to an entity
subject to the Personal |
15 |
| Property Tax Replacement Income Tax imposed by
|
16 |
| subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act |
17 |
| including amounts
distributable to organizations |
18 |
| exempt from federal income tax by reason of
Section |
19 |
| 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code;
|
20 |
| (J) With the exception of any amounts subtracted |
21 |
| under subparagraph
(G),
an amount equal to the sum of |
22 |
| all amounts disallowed as deductions
by (i) Sections |
23 |
| 171(a) (2), and 265(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of |
24 |
| 1954,
as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of |
25 |
| expenses allocable to
interest and disallowed as |
26 |
| deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue |
27 |
| Code, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for taxable |
28 |
| years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, Sections
|
29 |
| 171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the |
30 |
| Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
|
31 |
| subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section |
32 |
| 250;
|
33 |
| (K) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
34 |
| such total which were
paid by a corporation which |
35 |
| conducts business operations in an Enterprise
Zone or |
36 |
| zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 70 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| enacted by
the 82nd General Assembly, and
conducts |
2 |
| substantially all of its operations
in an Enterprise |
3 |
| Zone or Zones;
|
4 |
| (L) An amount equal to any contribution made to a |
5 |
| job training project
established pursuant to the Real |
6 |
| Property Tax Increment Allocation
Redevelopment Act;
|
7 |
| (M) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
8 |
| such total
that were paid by a corporation that |
9 |
| conducts business operations in a
federally designated |
10 |
| Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a
|
11 |
| High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided |
12 |
| that dividends eligible
for the deduction provided in |
13 |
| subparagraph (K) of paragraph (2) of this
subsection |
14 |
| shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under |
15 |
| this
subparagraph (M);
|
16 |
| (N) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction |
17 |
| used to compute the
federal income tax credit for |
18 |
| restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of |
19 |
| right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of |
20 |
| the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
|
21 |
| (O) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the |
22 |
| taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction |
23 |
| (30% of the adjusted basis of the
qualified property) |
24 |
| is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return |
25 |
| under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal |
26 |
| Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year |
27 |
| thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:
|
28 |
| (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation |
29 |
| deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the |
30 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return on property |
31 |
| for which the bonus
depreciation deduction (30% of |
32 |
| the adjusted basis of the qualified property)
was |
33 |
| taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section |
34 |
| 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including |
35 |
| the bonus depreciation deduction; and
|
36 |
| (2) "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 71 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by 0.429).
|
2 |
| The aggregate amount deducted under this |
3 |
| subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of |
4 |
| property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
|
5 |
| depreciation deduction (30% of the adjusted basis of |
6 |
| the qualified property)
taken on that property on the |
7 |
| taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection |
8 |
| (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code;
|
9 |
| (P) If the taxpayer reports a capital gain or loss |
10 |
| on the taxpayer's
federal income tax return for the |
11 |
| taxable year based on a sale or transfer of
property |
12 |
| for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year |
13 |
| to make an
addition modification under subparagraph |
14 |
| (D-5), then an amount equal to that
addition |
15 |
| modification.
|
16 |
| The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under |
17 |
| this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one |
18 |
| piece of property;
|
19 |
| (Q) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of |
20 |
| the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account |
21 |
| for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with |
22 |
| a taxpayer that is required to make an addition |
23 |
| modification with respect to such transaction under |
24 |
| Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), |
25 |
| 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed |
26 |
| the amount of such addition modification and
(ii) any |
27 |
| income from intangible property (net of the deductions |
28 |
| allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable |
29 |
| year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that |
30 |
| is required to make an addition modification with |
31 |
| respect to such transaction under Section |
32 |
| 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or |
33 |
| 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such |
34 |
| addition modification;
|
35 |
| (R) An amount equal to the interest income taken |
36 |
| into account for the taxable year (net of the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 72 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
2 |
| transactions with a foreign person who would be a |
3 |
| member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
4 |
| the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
5 |
| outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
6 |
| person's total business activity, but not to exceed the |
7 |
| addition modification required to be made for the same |
8 |
| taxable year under Section 203(d)(2)(D-7) for interest |
9 |
| paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to |
10 |
| the same foreign person; and
|
11 |
| (S) An amount equal to the income from intangible |
12 |
| property taken into account for the taxable year (net |
13 |
| of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
14 |
| transactions with a foreign person who would be a |
15 |
| member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
16 |
| the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
17 |
| outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
18 |
| person's total business activity, but not to exceed the |
19 |
| addition modification required to be made for the same |
20 |
| taxable year under Section 203(d)(2)(D-8) for |
21 |
| intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or |
22 |
| incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign |
23 |
| person.
|
24 |
| (e) Gross income; adjusted gross income; taxable income.
|
25 |
| (1) In general. Subject to the provisions of paragraph |
26 |
| (2) and
subsection (b) (3), for purposes of this Section |
27 |
| and Section 803(e), a
taxpayer's gross income, adjusted |
28 |
| gross income, or taxable income for
the taxable year shall |
29 |
| mean the amount of gross income, adjusted gross
income or |
30 |
| taxable income properly reportable for federal income tax
|
31 |
| purposes for the taxable year under the provisions of the |
32 |
| Internal
Revenue Code. Taxable income may be less than |
33 |
| zero. However, for taxable
years ending on or after |
34 |
| December 31, 1986, net operating loss
carryforwards from |
35 |
| taxable years ending prior to December 31, 1986, may not
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 73 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| exceed the sum of federal taxable income for the taxable |
2 |
| year before net
operating loss deduction, plus the excess |
3 |
| of addition modifications over
subtraction modifications |
4 |
| for the taxable year. For taxable years ending
prior to |
5 |
| December 31, 1986, taxable income may never be an amount in |
6 |
| excess
of the net operating loss for the taxable year as |
7 |
| defined in subsections
(c) and (d) of Section 172 of the |
8 |
| Internal Revenue Code, provided that when
taxable income of |
9 |
| a corporation (other than a Subchapter S corporation),
|
10 |
| trust, or estate is less than zero and addition |
11 |
| modifications, other than
those provided by subparagraph |
12 |
| (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) for
corporations or |
13 |
| subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) for
|
14 |
| trusts and estates, exceed subtraction modifications, an |
15 |
| addition
modification must be made under those |
16 |
| subparagraphs for any other taxable
year to which the |
17 |
| taxable income less than zero (net operating loss) is
|
18 |
| applied under Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code or |
19 |
| under
subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of this subsection |
20 |
| (e) applied in
conjunction with Section 172 of the Internal |
21 |
| Revenue Code.
|
22 |
| (2) Special rule. For purposes of paragraph (1) of this |
23 |
| subsection,
the taxable income properly reportable for |
24 |
| federal income tax purposes
shall mean:
|
25 |
| (A) Certain life insurance companies. In the case |
26 |
| of a life
insurance company subject to the tax imposed |
27 |
| by Section 801 of the
Internal Revenue Code, life |
28 |
| insurance company taxable income, plus the
amount of |
29 |
| distribution from pre-1984 policyholder surplus |
30 |
| accounts as
calculated under Section 815a of the |
31 |
| Internal Revenue Code;
|
32 |
| (B) Certain other insurance companies. In the case |
33 |
| of mutual
insurance companies subject to the tax |
34 |
| imposed by Section 831 of the
Internal Revenue Code, |
35 |
| insurance company taxable income;
|
36 |
| (C) Regulated investment companies. In the case of |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 74 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| a regulated
investment company subject to the tax |
2 |
| imposed by Section 852 of the
Internal Revenue Code, |
3 |
| investment company taxable income;
|
4 |
| (D) Real estate investment trusts. In the case of a |
5 |
| real estate
investment trust subject to the tax imposed |
6 |
| by Section 857 of the
Internal Revenue Code, real |
7 |
| estate investment trust taxable income;
|
8 |
| (E) Consolidated corporations. In the case of a |
9 |
| corporation which
is a member of an affiliated group of |
10 |
| corporations filing a consolidated
income tax return |
11 |
| for the taxable year for federal income tax purposes,
|
12 |
| taxable income determined as if such corporation had |
13 |
| filed a separate
return for federal income tax purposes |
14 |
| for the taxable year and each
preceding taxable year |
15 |
| for which it was a member of an affiliated group.
For |
16 |
| purposes of this subparagraph, the taxpayer's separate |
17 |
| taxable
income shall be determined as if the election |
18 |
| provided by Section
243(b) (2) of the Internal Revenue |
19 |
| Code had been in effect for all such years;
|
20 |
| (F) Cooperatives. In the case of a cooperative |
21 |
| corporation or
association, the taxable income of such |
22 |
| organization determined in
accordance with the |
23 |
| provisions of Section 1381 through 1388 of the
Internal |
24 |
| Revenue Code;
|
25 |
| (G) Subchapter S corporations. In the case of: (i) |
26 |
| a Subchapter S
corporation for which there is in effect |
27 |
| an election for the taxable year
under Section 1362 of |
28 |
| the Internal Revenue Code, the taxable income of such
|
29 |
| corporation determined in accordance with Section |
30 |
| 1363(b) of the Internal
Revenue Code, except that |
31 |
| taxable income shall take into
account those items |
32 |
| which are required by Section 1363(b)(1) of the
|
33 |
| Internal Revenue Code to be separately stated; and (ii) |
34 |
| a Subchapter
S corporation for which there is in effect |
35 |
| a federal election to opt out of
the provisions of the |
36 |
| Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982 and have applied
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 75 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| instead the prior federal Subchapter S rules as in |
2 |
| effect on July 1, 1982,
the taxable income of such |
3 |
| corporation determined in accordance with the
federal |
4 |
| Subchapter S rules as in effect on July 1, 1982; and
|
5 |
| (H) Partnerships. In the case of a partnership, |
6 |
| taxable income
determined in accordance with Section |
7 |
| 703 of the Internal Revenue Code,
except that taxable |
8 |
| income shall take into account those items which are
|
9 |
| required by Section 703(a)(1) to be separately stated |
10 |
| but which would be
taken into account by an individual |
11 |
| in calculating his taxable income.
|
12 |
| (3) Recapture of business expenses on disposition of |
13 |
| asset or business. Notwithstanding any other law to the |
14 |
| contrary, if in prior years income from an asset or |
15 |
| business has been classified as business income and in a |
16 |
| later year is demonstrated to be non-business income, then |
17 |
| all expenses, without limitation, deducted in such later |
18 |
| year and in the 2 immediately preceding taxable years |
19 |
| related to that asset or business that generated the |
20 |
| non-business income shall be added back and recaptured as |
21 |
| business income in the year of the disposition of the asset |
22 |
| or business. Such amount shall be apportioned to Illinois |
23 |
| using the greater of the apportionment fraction computed |
24 |
| for the business under Section 304 of this Act for the |
25 |
| taxable year or the average of the apportionment fractions |
26 |
| computed for the business under Section 304 of this Act for |
27 |
| the taxable year and for the 2 immediately preceding |
28 |
| taxable years.
|
29 |
| (f) Valuation limitation amount.
|
30 |
| (1) In general. The valuation limitation amount |
31 |
| referred to in
subsections (a) (2) (G), (c) (2) (I) and |
32 |
| (d)(2) (E) is an amount equal to:
|
33 |
| (A) The sum of the pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation |
34 |
| amounts (to the
extent consisting of gain reportable |
35 |
| under the provisions of Section
1245 or 1250 of the |
36 |
| Internal Revenue Code) for all property in respect
of |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 76 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| which such gain was reported for the taxable year; plus
|
2 |
| (B) The lesser of (i) the sum of the pre-August 1, |
3 |
| 1969 appreciation
amounts (to the extent consisting of |
4 |
| capital gain) for all property in
respect of which such |
5 |
| gain was reported for federal income tax purposes
for |
6 |
| the taxable year, or (ii) the net capital gain for the |
7 |
| taxable year,
reduced in either case by any amount of |
8 |
| such gain included in the amount
determined under |
9 |
| subsection (a) (2) (F) or (c) (2) (H).
|
10 |
| (2) Pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation amount.
|
11 |
| (A) If the fair market value of property referred |
12 |
| to in paragraph
(1) was readily ascertainable on August |
13 |
| 1, 1969, the pre-August 1, 1969
appreciation amount for |
14 |
| such property is the lesser of (i) the excess of
such |
15 |
| fair market value over the taxpayer's basis (for |
16 |
| determining gain)
for such property on that date |
17 |
| (determined under the Internal Revenue
Code as in |
18 |
| effect on that date), or (ii) the total gain realized |
19 |
| and
reportable for federal income tax purposes in |
20 |
| respect of the sale,
exchange or other disposition of |
21 |
| such property.
|
22 |
| (B) If the fair market value of property referred |
23 |
| to in paragraph
(1) was not readily ascertainable on |
24 |
| August 1, 1969, the pre-August 1,
1969 appreciation |
25 |
| amount for such property is that amount which bears
the |
26 |
| same ratio to the total gain reported in respect of the |
27 |
| property for
federal income tax purposes for the |
28 |
| taxable year, as the number of full
calendar months in |
29 |
| that part of the taxpayer's holding period for the
|
30 |
| property ending July 31, 1969 bears to the number of |
31 |
| full calendar
months in the taxpayer's entire holding |
32 |
| period for the
property.
|
33 |
| (C) The Department shall prescribe such |
34 |
| regulations as may be
necessary to carry out the |
35 |
| purposes of this paragraph.
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 77 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (g) Double deductions. Unless specifically provided |
2 |
| otherwise, nothing
in this Section shall permit the same item |
3 |
| to be deducted more than once.
|
4 |
| (h) Legislative intention. Except as expressly provided by |
5 |
| this
Section there shall be no modifications or limitations on |
6 |
| the amounts
of income, gain, loss or deduction taken into |
7 |
| account in determining
gross income, adjusted gross income or |
8 |
| taxable income for federal income
tax purposes for the taxable |
9 |
| year, or in the amount of such items
entering into the |
10 |
| computation of base income and net income under this
Act for |
11 |
| such taxable year, whether in respect of property values as of
|
12 |
| August 1, 1969 or otherwise.
|
13 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-244, eff. 8-3-01; 92-439, |
14 |
| eff. 8-17-01; 92-603, eff. 6-28-02; 92-626, eff. 7-11-02; |
15 |
| 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-846, eff. 8-23-02; 93-812, eff. |
16 |
| 7-26-04; 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; revised 10-12-04.)
|
17 |
| (35 ILCS 5/247 new) |
18 |
| Sec. 247. Family Tax Credit. |
19 |
| (a) For taxable years beginning after January 1, 2005, each |
20 |
| taxpayer who is a
natural person or is a married couple filing |
21 |
| jointly that reports total annual income of $47,000 or less |
22 |
| (the "eligibility cap"), is entitled to a refundable tax credit |
23 |
| known as the Family Tax Credit in those amounts identified in |
24 |
| subsection (b) of this Section. The Family Tax Credit may be |
25 |
| claimed only upon proper filing of an Illinois State income tax |
26 |
| return by an eligible taxpayer. The eligibility cap shall |
27 |
| increase for each tax year beginning after December 31, 2005, |
28 |
| by an amount equal to the percentage increase, if any, in the |
29 |
| Consumer Price Index ("CPI") published by the U.S. Bureau of |
30 |
| Labor Statistics for the immediately preceding tax year, |
31 |
| multiplied by the eligibility cap for that immediately |
32 |
| preceding tax year. |
33 |
| (b) The amount of Family Tax Credit an eligible taxpayer |
34 |
| may claim will vary in
amount, based on the following table: |
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 78 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 | | | 2 | | Total Annual Income
| Credit
|
|
3 | | Less than $16,000
| $200
|
|
4 | | $16,000 or more but less than $29,000
| $350
|
|
5 | | $29,000 or more but less than $47,001
|
$230
|
|
6 |
| The dollar ranges of Total Annual Income identified in each |
7 |
| category, as well as the value of the credit for that category, |
8 |
| shall increase in each tax year beginning after December 31, |
9 |
| 2005 by an amount equal to the applicable Total Annual Income |
10 |
| category or credit amount, as the case may be, increased by the |
11 |
| percentage increase, if any, in the CPI for the immediately |
12 |
| preceding tax year. The Department of Revenue shall update the |
13 |
| Total Annual Income category and credit amounts for the Family |
14 |
| Tax Credit annually and distribute the updated table with the |
15 |
| Illinois personal income tax returns. |
16 |
| (c) If the amount of the Family Tax Credit exceeds the |
17 |
| income tax liability of an eligible taxpayer, the State shall |
18 |
| refund to the taxpayer the difference between the Family Tax |
19 |
| Credit and the taxpayer's income tax liability. |
20 |
| (d) This Section is exempt from the provisions of Section |
21 |
| 250 of this Act. |
22 |
| Section 15. The Use Tax Act is amended by changing Section |
23 |
| 2 as follows:
|
24 |
| (35 ILCS 105/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.2)
|
25 |
| Sec. 2. "Use" means the exercise by any person of any right |
26 |
| or power over
tangible personal property incident to the |
27 |
| ownership of that property,
except that it does not include the |
28 |
| sale of such property in any form as
tangible personal property |
29 |
| in the regular course of business to the extent
that such |
30 |
| property is not first subjected to a use for which it was
|
31 |
| purchased, and does not include the use of such property by its |
32 |
| owner for
demonstration purposes: Provided that the property |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 79 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| purchased is deemed to
be purchased for the purpose of resale, |
2 |
| despite first being used, to the
extent to which it is resold |
3 |
| as an ingredient of an intentionally produced
product or |
4 |
| by-product of manufacturing. "Use" does not mean the |
5 |
| demonstration
use or interim use of tangible personal property |
6 |
| by a retailer before he sells
that tangible personal property. |
7 |
| For watercraft or aircraft, if the period of
demonstration use |
8 |
| or interim use by the retailer exceeds 18 months,
the retailer
|
9 |
| shall pay on the retailers' original cost price the tax imposed |
10 |
| by this Act,
and no credit for that tax is permitted if the |
11 |
| watercraft or aircraft is
subsequently sold by the retailer. |
12 |
| "Use" does not mean the physical
incorporation of tangible |
13 |
| personal property, to the extent not first subjected
to a use |
14 |
| for which it was purchased, as an ingredient or constituent, |
15 |
| into
other tangible personal property (a) which is sold in the |
16 |
| regular course of
business or (b) which the person |
17 |
| incorporating such ingredient or constituent
therein has |
18 |
| undertaken at the time of such purchase to cause to be |
19 |
| transported
in interstate commerce to destinations outside the |
20 |
| State of Illinois: Provided
that the property purchased is |
21 |
| deemed to be purchased for the purpose of
resale, despite first |
22 |
| being used, to the extent to which it is resold as an
|
23 |
| ingredient of an intentionally produced product or by-product |
24 |
| of manufacturing.
|
25 |
| "Watercraft" means a Class 2, Class 3, or Class 4 |
26 |
| watercraft as defined in
Section 3-2 of the Boat Registration |
27 |
| and Safety Act, a personal watercraft, or
any boat equipped |
28 |
| with an inboard motor.
|
29 |
| "Purchase at retail" means the acquisition of the ownership |
30 |
| of or title
to tangible personal property through a sale at |
31 |
| retail.
|
32 |
| "Purchaser" means anyone who, through a sale at retail, |
33 |
| acquires the
ownership of tangible personal property for a |
34 |
| valuable consideration.
|
35 |
| "Sale at retail" means any transfer of the ownership of or |
36 |
| title to
tangible personal property to a purchaser, for the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 80 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| purpose of use, and not
for the purpose of resale in any form |
2 |
| as tangible personal property to the
extent not first subjected |
3 |
| to a use for which it was purchased, for a
valuable |
4 |
| consideration: Provided that the property purchased is deemed |
5 |
| to
be purchased for the purpose of resale, despite first being |
6 |
| used, to the
extent to which it is resold as an ingredient of |
7 |
| an intentionally produced
product or by-product of |
8 |
| manufacturing. For this purpose, slag produced as
an incident |
9 |
| to manufacturing pig iron or steel and sold is considered to be
|
10 |
| an intentionally produced by-product of manufacturing. "Sale |
11 |
| at retail"
includes any such transfer made for resale unless |
12 |
| made in compliance with
Section 2c of the Retailers' Occupation |
13 |
| Tax Act, as incorporated by
reference into Section 12 of this |
14 |
| Act. Transactions whereby the possession
of the property is |
15 |
| transferred but the seller retains the title as security
for |
16 |
| payment of the selling price are sales.
|
17 |
| "Sale at retail" shall also be construed to include any |
18 |
| Illinois
florist's sales transaction in which the purchase |
19 |
| order is received in
Illinois by a florist and the sale is for |
20 |
| use or consumption, but the
Illinois florist has a florist in |
21 |
| another state deliver the property to the
purchaser or the |
22 |
| purchaser's donee in such other state.
|
23 |
| Nonreusable tangible personal property that is used by |
24 |
| persons engaged in
the business of operating a restaurant, |
25 |
| cafeteria, or drive-in is a sale for
resale when it is |
26 |
| transferred to customers in the ordinary course of business
as |
27 |
| part of the sale of food or beverages and is used to deliver, |
28 |
| package, or
consume food or beverages, regardless of where |
29 |
| consumption of the food or
beverages occurs. Examples of those |
30 |
| items include, but are not limited to
nonreusable, paper and |
31 |
| plastic cups, plates, baskets, boxes, sleeves, buckets
or other |
32 |
| containers, utensils, straws, placemats, napkins, doggie bags, |
33 |
| and
wrapping or packaging
materials that are transferred to |
34 |
| customers as part of the sale of food or
beverages in the |
35 |
| ordinary course of business.
|
36 |
| The purchase, employment and transfer of such tangible |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 81 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| personal property
as newsprint and ink for the primary purpose |
2 |
| of conveying news (with or
without other information) is not a |
3 |
| purchase, use or sale of tangible
personal property.
|
4 |
| "Selling price" means the consideration for a sale valued |
5 |
| in money
whether received in money or otherwise, including |
6 |
| cash, credits, property
other than as hereinafter provided, and |
7 |
| services, but not including the
value of or credit given for |
8 |
| traded-in tangible personal property where the
item that is |
9 |
| traded-in is of like kind and character as that which is being
|
10 |
| sold, and shall be determined without any deduction on account |
11 |
| of the cost
of the property sold, the cost of materials used, |
12 |
| labor or service cost or
any other expense whatsoever, but does |
13 |
| not include interest or finance
charges which appear as |
14 |
| separate items on the bill of sale or sales
contract nor |
15 |
| charges that are added to prices by sellers on account of the
|
16 |
| seller's tax liability under the "Retailers' Occupation Tax |
17 |
| Act", or on
account of the seller's duty to collect, from the |
18 |
| purchaser, the tax that
is imposed by this Act, or on account |
19 |
| of the seller's tax liability under
Section 8-11-1 of the |
20 |
| Illinois Municipal Code, as heretofore and hereafter
amended, |
21 |
| or on account of the seller's tax liability under the "County
|
22 |
| Retailers' Occupation Tax Act". Effective December 1, 1985, |
23 |
| "selling price"
shall include charges that are added to prices |
24 |
| by sellers on account of the
seller's tax liability under the |
25 |
| Cigarette Tax Act, on account of the seller's
duty to collect, |
26 |
| from the purchaser, the tax imposed under the Cigarette Use
Tax |
27 |
| Act, and on account of the seller's duty to collect, from the |
28 |
| purchaser,
any cigarette tax imposed by a home rule unit.
|
29 |
| The phrase "like kind and character" shall be liberally |
30 |
| construed
(including but not limited to any form of motor |
31 |
| vehicle for any form of
motor vehicle, or any kind of farm or |
32 |
| agricultural implement for any other
kind of farm or |
33 |
| agricultural implement), while not including a kind of item
|
34 |
| which, if sold at retail by that retailer, would be exempt from |
35 |
| retailers'
occupation tax and use tax as an isolated or |
36 |
| occasional sale.
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 82 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
|
2 |
| "Person" means any natural individual, firm, partnership, |
3 |
| association,
joint stock company, joint adventure, public or |
4 |
| private corporation, limited
liability company, or a
receiver, |
5 |
| executor, trustee, guardian or other representative appointed
|
6 |
| by order of any court.
|
7 |
| "Retailer" means and includes every person engaged in the |
8 |
| business of
making sales at retail as defined in this Section.
|
9 |
| A person who holds himself or herself out as being engaged |
10 |
| (or who habitually
engages) in selling tangible personal |
11 |
| property at retail is a retailer
hereunder with respect to such |
12 |
| sales (and not primarily in a service
occupation) |
13 |
| notwithstanding the fact that such person designs and produces
|
14 |
| such tangible personal property on special order for the |
15 |
| purchaser and in
such a way as to render the property of value |
16 |
| only to such purchaser, if
such tangible personal property so |
17 |
| produced on special order serves
substantially the same |
18 |
| function as stock or standard items of tangible
personal |
19 |
| property that are sold at retail.
|
20 |
| A person whose activities are organized and conducted |
21 |
| primarily as a
not-for-profit service enterprise, and who |
22 |
| engages in selling tangible
personal property at retail |
23 |
| (whether to the public or merely to members and
their guests) |
24 |
| is a retailer with respect to such transactions, excepting
only |
25 |
| a person organized and operated exclusively for charitable, |
26 |
| religious
or educational purposes either (1), to the extent of |
27 |
| sales by such person
to its members, students, patients or |
28 |
| inmates of tangible personal property
to be used primarily for |
29 |
| the purposes of such person, or (2), to the extent
of sales by |
30 |
| such person of tangible personal property which is not sold or
|
31 |
| offered for sale by persons organized for profit. The selling |
32 |
| of school
books and school supplies by schools at retail to |
33 |
| students is not
"primarily for the purposes of" the school |
34 |
| which does such selling. This
paragraph does not apply to nor |
35 |
| subject to taxation occasional dinners,
social or similar |
36 |
| activities of a person organized and operated exclusively
for |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 83 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| charitable, religious or educational purposes, whether or not |
2 |
| such
activities are open to the public.
|
3 |
| A person who is the recipient of a grant or contract under |
4 |
| Title VII of
the Older Americans Act of 1965 (P.L. 92-258) and |
5 |
| serves meals to
participants in the federal Nutrition Program |
6 |
| for the Elderly in return for
contributions established in |
7 |
| amount by the individual participant pursuant
to a schedule of |
8 |
| suggested fees as provided for in the federal Act is not a
|
9 |
| retailer under this Act with respect to such transactions.
|
10 |
| Persons who engage in the business of transferring tangible |
11 |
| personal
property upon the redemption of trading stamps are |
12 |
| retailers hereunder when
engaged in such business.
|
13 |
| The isolated or occasional sale of tangible personal |
14 |
| property at retail
by a person who does not hold himself out as |
15 |
| being engaged (or who does not
habitually engage) in selling |
16 |
| such tangible personal property at retail or
a sale through a |
17 |
| bulk vending machine does not make such person a retailer
|
18 |
| hereunder. However, any person who is engaged in a business |
19 |
| which is not
subject to the tax imposed by the "Retailers' |
20 |
| Occupation Tax Act" because
of involving the sale of or a |
21 |
| contract to sell real estate or a
construction contract to |
22 |
| improve real estate, but who, in the course of
conducting such |
23 |
| business, transfers tangible personal property to users or
|
24 |
| consumers in the finished form in which it was purchased, and |
25 |
| which does
not become real estate, under any provision of a |
26 |
| construction contract or
real estate sale or real estate sales |
27 |
| agreement entered into with some
other person arising out of or |
28 |
| because of such nontaxable business, is a
retailer to the |
29 |
| extent of the value of the tangible personal property so
|
30 |
| transferred. If, in such transaction, a separate charge is made |
31 |
| for the
tangible personal property so transferred, the value of |
32 |
| such property, for
the purposes of this Act, is the amount so |
33 |
| separately charged, but not less
than the cost of such property |
34 |
| to the transferor; if no separate charge is
made, the value of |
35 |
| such property, for the purposes of this Act, is the cost
to the |
36 |
| transferor of such tangible personal property.
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 84 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| "Retailer maintaining a place of business in this State", |
2 |
| or any like
term, means and includes any of the following |
3 |
| retailers:
|
4 |
| 1. A retailer having or maintaining within this State, |
5 |
| directly or by
a subsidiary, an office, distribution house, |
6 |
| sales house, warehouse or other
place of business, or any |
7 |
| agent or other representative operating within this
State |
8 |
| under the authority of the retailer or its subsidiary, |
9 |
| irrespective of
whether such place of business or agent or |
10 |
| other representative is located here
permanently or |
11 |
| temporarily, or whether such retailer or subsidiary is |
12 |
| licensed
to do business in this State. However, the |
13 |
| ownership of property that is
located at the premises of a |
14 |
| printer with which the retailer has contracted for
printing |
15 |
| and that consists of the final printed product, property |
16 |
| that becomes
a part of the final printed product, or copy |
17 |
| from which the printed product is
produced shall not result |
18 |
| in the retailer being deemed to have or maintain an
office, |
19 |
| distribution house, sales house, warehouse, or other place |
20 |
| of business
within this State.
|
21 |
| 2. A retailer soliciting orders for tangible personal |
22 |
| property by
means of a telecommunication or television |
23 |
| shopping system (which utilizes toll
free numbers) which is |
24 |
| intended by the retailer to be broadcast by cable
|
25 |
| television or other means of broadcasting, to consumers |
26 |
| located in this State.
|
27 |
| 3. A retailer, pursuant to a contract with a |
28 |
| broadcaster or publisher
located in this State, soliciting |
29 |
| orders for tangible personal property by
means of |
30 |
| advertising which is disseminated primarily to consumers |
31 |
| located in
this State and only secondarily to bordering |
32 |
| jurisdictions.
|
33 |
| 4. A retailer soliciting orders for tangible personal |
34 |
| property by mail
if the solicitations are substantial and |
35 |
| recurring and if the retailer benefits
from any banking, |
36 |
| financing, debt collection, telecommunication, or |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 85 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| marketing
activities occurring in this State or benefits |
2 |
| from the location in this State
of authorized installation, |
3 |
| servicing, or repair facilities.
|
4 |
| 5. A retailer that is owned or controlled by the same |
5 |
| interests that own
or control any retailer engaging in |
6 |
| business in the same or similar line of
business in this |
7 |
| State.
|
8 |
| 6. A retailer having a franchisee or licensee operating |
9 |
| under its trade
name if the franchisee or licensee is |
10 |
| required to collect the tax under this
Section.
|
11 |
| 7. A retailer, pursuant to a contract with a cable |
12 |
| television operator
located in this State, soliciting |
13 |
| orders for tangible personal property by
means of |
14 |
| advertising which is transmitted or distributed over a |
15 |
| cable
television system in this State.
|
16 |
| 8. A retailer engaging in activities in Illinois, which |
17 |
| activities in
the state in which the retail business |
18 |
| engaging in such activities is located
would constitute |
19 |
| maintaining a place of business in that state.
|
20 |
| "Bulk vending machine" means a vending machine,
containing |
21 |
| unsorted confections, nuts, toys, or other items designed
|
22 |
| primarily to be used or played with by children
which, when a |
23 |
| coin or coins of a denomination not larger than $0.50 are |
24 |
| inserted, are dispensed in equal portions, at random and
|
25 |
| without selection by the customer.
|
26 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-213, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
27 |
| (35 ILCS 105/3-50 rep.) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.3-50)
|
28 |
| Section 17. The Use Tax Act is amended by repealing Section |
29 |
| 3-50. |
30 |
| Section 20. The Service Use Tax Act is amended by changing |
31 |
| Section 2 as follows:
|
32 |
| (35 ILCS 110/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.32)
|
33 |
| Sec. 2. "Use" means the exercise by any person of any right |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 86 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| or power
over tangible personal property incident to the |
2 |
| ownership of that
property, but does not include the sale or |
3 |
| use for demonstration by him
of that property in any form as |
4 |
| tangible personal property in the
regular course of business.
|
5 |
| "Use" does not mean the interim
use of
tangible personal |
6 |
| property nor the physical incorporation of tangible
personal |
7 |
| property, as an ingredient or constituent, into other tangible
|
8 |
| personal property, (a) which is sold in the regular course of |
9 |
| business
or (b) which the person incorporating such ingredient |
10 |
| or constituent
therein has undertaken at the time of such |
11 |
| purchase to cause to be
transported in interstate commerce to |
12 |
| destinations outside the State of
Illinois.
|
13 |
| "Purchased from a serviceman" means the acquisition of the |
14 |
| ownership
of, or title to, tangible personal property through a |
15 |
| sale of service.
|
16 |
| "Purchaser" means any person who, through a sale of |
17 |
| service, acquires
the ownership of, or title to, any tangible |
18 |
| personal property.
|
19 |
| "Cost price" means the consideration paid by the serviceman |
20 |
| for a
purchase valued in money, whether paid in money or |
21 |
| otherwise, including
cash, credits and services, and shall be |
22 |
| determined without any
deduction on account of the supplier's |
23 |
| cost of the property sold or on
account of any other expense |
24 |
| incurred by the supplier. When a serviceman
contracts out part |
25 |
| or all of the services required in his sale of service,
it |
26 |
| shall be presumed that the cost price to the serviceman of the |
27 |
| property
transferred to him or her by his or her subcontractor |
28 |
| is equal to 50% of
the subcontractor's charges to the |
29 |
| serviceman in the absence of proof of
the consideration paid by |
30 |
| the subcontractor for the purchase of such property.
|
31 |
| "Selling price" means the consideration for a sale valued |
32 |
| in money
whether received in money or otherwise, including |
33 |
| cash, credits and
service, and shall be determined without any |
34 |
| deduction on account of the
serviceman's cost of the property |
35 |
| sold, the cost of materials used,
labor or service cost or any |
36 |
| other expense whatsoever, but does not
include interest or |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 87 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| finance charges which appear as separate items on
the bill of |
2 |
| sale or sales contract nor charges that are added to prices
by |
3 |
| sellers on account of the seller's duty to collect, from the
|
4 |
| purchaser, the tax that is imposed by this Act.
|
5 |
| "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
|
6 |
| "Person" means any natural individual, firm, partnership,
|
7 |
| association, joint stock company, joint venture, public or |
8 |
| private
corporation, limited liability company, and any |
9 |
| receiver, executor, trustee,
guardian or other representative |
10 |
| appointed by order of any court.
|
11 |
| "Sale of service" means any transaction except:
|
12 |
| (1) a retail sale of tangible personal property taxable |
13 |
| under the
Retailers' Occupation Tax Act or under the Use |
14 |
| Tax Act.
|
15 |
| (2) a sale of tangible personal property for the |
16 |
| purpose of resale
made in compliance with Section 2c of the |
17 |
| Retailers' Occupation Tax Act.
|
18 |
| (3) except as hereinafter provided, a sale or transfer |
19 |
| of tangible
personal property as an incident to the |
20 |
| rendering of service for or by
any governmental body, or |
21 |
| for or by any corporation, society,
association, |
22 |
| foundation or institution organized and operated
|
23 |
| exclusively for charitable, religious or educational |
24 |
| purposes or any
not-for-profit corporation, society, |
25 |
| association, foundation,
institution or organization which |
26 |
| has no compensated officers or
employees and which is |
27 |
| organized and operated primarily for the
recreation of |
28 |
| persons 55 years of age or older. A limited liability |
29 |
| company
may qualify for the exemption under this paragraph |
30 |
| only if the limited
liability company is organized and |
31 |
| operated exclusively for educational
purposes.
|
32 |
| (4) a sale or transfer of tangible personal
property as |
33 |
| an incident to the
rendering of service for interstate |
34 |
| carriers for hire for use as rolling stock
moving in |
35 |
| interstate commerce or by lessors under a lease of one year |
36 |
| or
longer, executed or in effect at the time of purchase of |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 88 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| personal property, to
interstate carriers for hire for use |
2 |
| as rolling stock moving in interstate
commerce so long as |
3 |
| so used by such interstate carriers for hire, and equipment
|
4 |
| operated by a telecommunications provider, licensed as a |
5 |
| common carrier by the
Federal Communications Commission, |
6 |
| which is permanently installed in or affixed
to aircraft |
7 |
| moving in interstate commerce.
|
8 |
| (4a) a sale or transfer of tangible personal
property |
9 |
| as an incident
to the rendering of service for owners, |
10 |
| lessors, or shippers of tangible
personal property which is |
11 |
| utilized by interstate carriers for hire for
use as rolling |
12 |
| stock moving in interstate commerce so long as so used by
|
13 |
| interstate carriers for hire, and equipment operated by a
|
14 |
| telecommunications provider, licensed as a common carrier |
15 |
| by the Federal
Communications Commission, which is |
16 |
| permanently installed in or affixed to
aircraft moving in |
17 |
| interstate commerce.
|
18 |
| (4a-5) on and after July 1, 2003 and through June 30, |
19 |
| 2004, a sale or transfer of a motor vehicle
of
the
second |
20 |
| division with a gross vehicle weight in excess of 8,000 |
21 |
| pounds as an
incident to the rendering of service if that |
22 |
| motor
vehicle is subject
to the commercial distribution fee |
23 |
| imposed under Section 3-815.1 of the
Illinois Vehicle
Code. |
24 |
| Beginning on July 1, 2004 and through June 30, 2005, the |
25 |
| use in this State of motor vehicles of the second division: |
26 |
| (i) with a gross vehicle weight rating in excess of 8,000 |
27 |
| pounds; (ii) that are subject to the commercial |
28 |
| distribution fee imposed under Section 3-815.1 of the |
29 |
| Illinois Vehicle Code; and (iii) that are primarily used |
30 |
| for commercial purposes. Through June 30, 2005, this
|
31 |
| exemption applies to repair and replacement parts added |
32 |
| after the
initial
purchase of such a motor vehicle if that |
33 |
| motor vehicle is used in a manner that
would
qualify for |
34 |
| the rolling stock exemption otherwise provided for in this |
35 |
| Act. For purposes of this paragraph, "used for commercial |
36 |
| purposes" means the transportation of persons or property |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 89 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| in furtherance of any commercial or industrial enterprise |
2 |
| whether for-hire or not.
|
3 |
| (5) a sale or transfer of machinery and equipment used |
4 |
| primarily in the
process of the manufacturing or |
5 |
| assembling, either in an existing, an expanded
or a new |
6 |
| manufacturing facility, of tangible personal property for |
7 |
| wholesale or
retail sale or lease, whether such sale or |
8 |
| lease is made directly by the
manufacturer or by some other |
9 |
| person, whether the materials used in the process
are owned |
10 |
| by the manufacturer or some other person, or whether such |
11 |
| sale or
lease is made apart from or as an incident to the |
12 |
| seller's engaging in a
service occupation and the |
13 |
| applicable tax is a Service Use Tax or Service
Occupation |
14 |
| Tax, rather than Use Tax or Retailers' Occupation Tax.
|
15 |
| (5a) the repairing, reconditioning or remodeling, for |
16 |
| a
common carrier by rail, of tangible personal property |
17 |
| which belongs to such
carrier for hire, and as to which |
18 |
| such carrier receives the physical possession
of the |
19 |
| repaired, reconditioned or remodeled item of tangible |
20 |
| personal property
in Illinois, and which such carrier |
21 |
| transports, or shares with another common
carrier in the |
22 |
| transportation of such property, out of Illinois on a |
23 |
| standard
uniform bill of lading showing the person who |
24 |
| repaired, reconditioned or
remodeled the property to a |
25 |
| destination outside Illinois, for use outside
Illinois.
|
26 |
| (5b) a sale or transfer of tangible personal property |
27 |
| which is produced by
the seller thereof on special order in |
28 |
| such a way as to have made the
applicable tax the Service |
29 |
| Occupation Tax or the Service Use Tax, rather than
the |
30 |
| Retailers' Occupation Tax or the Use Tax, for an interstate |
31 |
| carrier by rail
which receives the physical possession of |
32 |
| such property in Illinois, and which
transports such |
33 |
| property, or shares with another common carrier in the
|
34 |
| transportation of such property, out of Illinois on a |
35 |
| standard uniform bill of
lading showing the seller of the |
36 |
| property as the shipper or consignor of such
property to a |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 90 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| destination outside Illinois, for use outside Illinois.
|
2 |
| (6) until July 1, 2003, a sale or transfer of |
3 |
| distillation machinery
and equipment, sold
as a unit or kit |
4 |
| and assembled or installed by the retailer, which
machinery |
5 |
| and equipment is certified by the user to be used only for |
6 |
| the
production of ethyl alcohol that will be used for |
7 |
| consumption as motor fuel
or as a component of motor fuel |
8 |
| for the personal use of such user and not
subject to sale |
9 |
| or resale.
|
10 |
| (7) at the election of any serviceman not required to |
11 |
| be
otherwise registered as a retailer under Section 2a of |
12 |
| the Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act, made for each fiscal |
13 |
| year sales
of service in which the aggregate annual cost |
14 |
| price of tangible
personal property transferred as an |
15 |
| incident to the sales of service is
less than 35%, or 75% |
16 |
| in the case of servicemen transferring prescription
drugs |
17 |
| or servicemen engaged in graphic arts production, of the |
18 |
| aggregate
annual total gross receipts from all sales of |
19 |
| service. The purchase of
such tangible personal property by |
20 |
| the serviceman shall be subject to tax
under the Retailers' |
21 |
| Occupation Tax Act and the Use Tax Act.
However, if a
|
22 |
| primary serviceman who has made the election described in |
23 |
| this paragraph
subcontracts service work to a secondary |
24 |
| serviceman who has also made the
election described in this |
25 |
| paragraph, the primary serviceman does not
incur a Use Tax |
26 |
| liability if the secondary serviceman (i) has paid or will |
27 |
| pay
Use
Tax on his or her cost price of any tangible |
28 |
| personal property transferred
to the primary serviceman |
29 |
| and (ii) certifies that fact in writing to the
primary
|
30 |
| serviceman.
|
31 |
| Tangible personal property transferred incident to the |
32 |
| completion of a
maintenance agreement is exempt from the tax |
33 |
| imposed pursuant to this Act.
|
34 |
| Exemption (5) also includes machinery and equipment used in |
35 |
| the general
maintenance or repair of such exempt machinery and |
36 |
| equipment or for in-house
manufacture of exempt machinery and |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 91 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| equipment. For the purposes of exemption
(5), each of these |
2 |
| terms shall have the following meanings: (1) "manufacturing
|
3 |
| process" shall mean the production of any article of tangible |
4 |
| personal
property, whether such article is a finished product |
5 |
| or an article for use in
the process of manufacturing or |
6 |
| assembling a different article of tangible
personal property, |
7 |
| by procedures commonly regarded as manufacturing,
processing, |
8 |
| fabricating, or refining which changes some existing
material |
9 |
| or materials into a material with a different form, use or
|
10 |
| name. In relation to a recognized integrated business composed |
11 |
| of a
series of operations which collectively constitute |
12 |
| manufacturing, or
individually constitute manufacturing |
13 |
| operations, the manufacturing
process shall be deemed to |
14 |
| commence with the first operation or stage of
production in the |
15 |
| series, and shall not be deemed to end until the
completion of |
16 |
| the final product in the last operation or stage of
production |
17 |
| in the series; and further, for purposes of exemption (5),
|
18 |
| photoprocessing is deemed to be a manufacturing process of |
19 |
| tangible
personal property for wholesale or retail sale; (2) |
20 |
| "assembling process" shall
mean the production of any article |
21 |
| of tangible personal property, whether such
article is a |
22 |
| finished product or an article for use in the process of
|
23 |
| manufacturing or assembling a different article of tangible |
24 |
| personal
property, by the combination of existing materials in |
25 |
| a manner commonly
regarded as assembling which results in a |
26 |
| material of a different form,
use or name; (3) "machinery" |
27 |
| shall mean major mechanical machines or
major components of |
28 |
| such machines contributing to a manufacturing or
assembling |
29 |
| process; and (4) "equipment" shall include any independent
|
30 |
| device or tool separate from any machinery but essential to an
|
31 |
| integrated manufacturing or assembly process; including |
32 |
| computers
used primarily in a manufacturer's computer
assisted |
33 |
| design, computer assisted manufacturing (CAD/CAM) system;
or |
34 |
| any subunit or assembly comprising a component of any machinery |
35 |
| or
auxiliary, adjunct or attachment parts of machinery, such as |
36 |
| tools, dies,
jigs, fixtures, patterns and molds; or any parts |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 92 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| which require periodic
replacement in the course of normal |
2 |
| operation; but shall not include hand
tools.
Equipment includes |
3 |
| chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts but only if the
|
4 |
| chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts effect a direct and |
5 |
| immediate change
upon a
product being manufactured or assembled |
6 |
| for wholesale or retail sale or
lease.
The purchaser of such |
7 |
| machinery and equipment who has an active
resale registration |
8 |
| number shall furnish such number to the seller at the
time of |
9 |
| purchase. The user of such machinery and equipment and tools
|
10 |
| without an active resale registration number shall prepare a |
11 |
| certificate of
exemption for each transaction stating facts |
12 |
| establishing the exemption for
that transaction, which |
13 |
| certificate shall be available to the Department
for inspection |
14 |
| or audit. The Department shall prescribe the form of the
|
15 |
| certificate.
|
16 |
| Any informal rulings, opinions or letters issued by the |
17 |
| Department in
response to an inquiry or request for any opinion |
18 |
| from any person
regarding the coverage and applicability of |
19 |
| exemption (5) to specific
devices shall be published, |
20 |
| maintained as a public record, and made
available for public |
21 |
| inspection and copying. If the informal ruling,
opinion or |
22 |
| letter contains trade secrets or other confidential
|
23 |
| information, where possible the Department shall delete such |
24 |
| information
prior to publication. Whenever such informal |
25 |
| rulings, opinions, or
letters contain any policy of general |
26 |
| applicability, the Department
shall formulate and adopt such |
27 |
| policy as a rule in accordance with the
provisions of the |
28 |
| Illinois Administrative Procedure Act.
|
29 |
| On and after July 1, 1987, no entity otherwise eligible |
30 |
| under exemption
(3) of this Section shall make tax free |
31 |
| purchases unless it has an active
exemption identification |
32 |
| number issued by the Department.
|
33 |
| The purchase, employment and transfer of such tangible |
34 |
| personal
property as newsprint and ink for the primary purpose |
35 |
| of conveying news
(with or without other information) is not a |
36 |
| purchase, use or sale of
service or of tangible personal |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 93 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| property within the meaning of this Act.
|
2 |
| "Serviceman" means any person who is engaged in the |
3 |
| occupation of
making sales of service.
|
4 |
| "Sale at retail" means "sale at retail" as defined in the |
5 |
| Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act.
|
6 |
| "Supplier" means any person who makes sales of tangible |
7 |
| personal
property to servicemen for the purpose of resale as an |
8 |
| incident to a
sale of service.
|
9 |
| "Serviceman maintaining a place of business in this State", |
10 |
| or any
like term, means and includes any serviceman:
|
11 |
| 1. having or maintaining within this State, directly or |
12 |
| by a
subsidiary, an office, distribution house, sales |
13 |
| house, warehouse or
other place of business, or any agent |
14 |
| or other representative operating
within this State under |
15 |
| the authority of the serviceman or its
subsidiary, |
16 |
| irrespective of whether such place of business or agent or
|
17 |
| other representative is located here permanently or |
18 |
| temporarily, or
whether such serviceman or subsidiary is |
19 |
| licensed to do business in this
State;
|
20 |
| 2. soliciting orders for tangible personal property by |
21 |
| means of a
telecommunication or television shopping system |
22 |
| (which utilizes toll free
numbers) which is intended by the |
23 |
| retailer to be broadcast by cable
television or other means |
24 |
| of broadcasting, to consumers located in this State;
|
25 |
| 3. pursuant to a contract with a broadcaster or |
26 |
| publisher located in this
State, soliciting orders for |
27 |
| tangible personal property by means of advertising
which is |
28 |
| disseminated primarily to consumers located in this State |
29 |
| and only
secondarily to bordering jurisdictions;
|
30 |
| 4. soliciting orders for tangible personal property by |
31 |
| mail if the
solicitations are substantial and recurring and |
32 |
| if the retailer benefits
from any banking, financing, debt |
33 |
| collection, telecommunication, or
marketing activities |
34 |
| occurring in this State or benefits from the location
in |
35 |
| this State of authorized installation, servicing, or |
36 |
| repair facilities;
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 94 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| 5. being owned or controlled by the same interests |
2 |
| which own or
control any retailer engaging in business in |
3 |
| the same or similar line of
business in this State;
|
4 |
| 6. having a franchisee or licensee operating under its |
5 |
| trade name if
the franchisee or licensee is required to |
6 |
| collect the tax under this Section;
|
7 |
| 7. pursuant to a contract with a cable television |
8 |
| operator located in
this State, soliciting orders for |
9 |
| tangible personal property by means of
advertising which is |
10 |
| transmitted or distributed over a cable television
system |
11 |
| in this State; or
|
12 |
| 8. engaging in activities in Illinois, which |
13 |
| activities in the
state in which the supply business |
14 |
| engaging in such activities is located
would constitute |
15 |
| maintaining a place of business in that state.
|
16 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-484, eff. 8-23-01; 93-23, eff. 6-20-03; 93-24, |
17 |
| eff. 6-20-03; 93-1033, eff. 9-3-04.)
|
18 |
| Section 25. The Service Occupation Tax Act is amended by |
19 |
| changing Section 2 as follows:
|
20 |
| (35 ILCS 115/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.102)
|
21 |
| Sec. 2. "Transfer" means any transfer of the title to |
22 |
| property or of
the ownership of property whether or not the |
23 |
| transferor retains title as
security for the payment of amounts |
24 |
| due him from the transferee.
|
25 |
| "Cost Price" means the consideration paid by the serviceman |
26 |
| for a
purchase valued in money, whether paid in money or |
27 |
| otherwise, including
cash, credits and services, and shall be |
28 |
| determined without any deduction
on account of the supplier's |
29 |
| cost of the property sold or on account of any
other expense |
30 |
| incurred by the supplier. When a serviceman contracts out
part |
31 |
| or all of the services required in his sale of service, it |
32 |
| shall be
presumed that the cost price to the serviceman of the |
33 |
| property
transferred to him by his or her subcontractor is |
34 |
| equal to 50% of the
subcontractor's charges to the serviceman |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 95 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| in the absence of proof of the
consideration paid by the |
2 |
| subcontractor for the purchase of such
property.
|
3 |
| "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
|
4 |
| "Person" means any natural individual, firm, partnership, |
5 |
| association, joint
stock company, joint venture, public or |
6 |
| private corporation, limited liability
company, and any |
7 |
| receiver, executor, trustee, guardian or other representative
|
8 |
| appointed by order of any court.
|
9 |
| "Sale of Service" means any transaction except:
|
10 |
| (a) A retail sale of tangible personal property taxable |
11 |
| under the Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act or under the Use Tax |
12 |
| Act.
|
13 |
| (b) A sale of tangible personal property for the purpose of |
14 |
| resale made in
compliance with Section 2c of the Retailers' |
15 |
| Occupation Tax Act.
|
16 |
| (c) Except as hereinafter provided, a sale or transfer of |
17 |
| tangible personal
property as an incident to the rendering of |
18 |
| service for or by any governmental
body or for or by any |
19 |
| corporation, society, association, foundation or
institution |
20 |
| organized and operated exclusively for charitable, religious |
21 |
| or
educational purposes or any not-for-profit corporation, |
22 |
| society, association,
foundation, institution or organization |
23 |
| which has no compensated officers or
employees and which is |
24 |
| organized and operated primarily for the recreation of
persons |
25 |
| 55 years of age or older. A limited liability company may |
26 |
| qualify for
the exemption under this paragraph only if the |
27 |
| limited liability company is
organized and operated |
28 |
| exclusively for educational purposes.
|
29 |
| (d) A sale or transfer of tangible personal
property
as an |
30 |
| incident to the
rendering of service for interstate carriers |
31 |
| for hire for use as rolling stock
moving in interstate commerce |
32 |
| or lessors under leases of one year or longer,
executed or in |
33 |
| effect at the time of purchase, to interstate carriers for hire
|
34 |
| for use as rolling stock moving in interstate commerce, and |
35 |
| equipment operated
by a telecommunications provider, licensed |
36 |
| as a common
carrier by the Federal Communications Commission, |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 96 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| which is permanently
installed in or affixed to aircraft moving |
2 |
| in interstate commerce.
|
3 |
| (d-1) A sale or transfer of tangible personal
property as |
4 |
| an incident to
the rendering of service for owners, lessors or |
5 |
| shippers of tangible personal
property which is utilized by |
6 |
| interstate carriers for hire for use as rolling
stock moving in |
7 |
| interstate commerce, and equipment operated
by a |
8 |
| telecommunications provider, licensed as a common carrier by |
9 |
| the
Federal Communications Commission, which is permanently |
10 |
| installed in or
affixed to aircraft moving in interstate |
11 |
| commerce.
|
12 |
| (d-1.1) On and after July 1, 2003 and through June 30, |
13 |
| 2004, a sale or transfer of a motor vehicle
of the
second |
14 |
| division with a gross vehicle weight in excess of 8,000 pounds |
15 |
| as an
incident to the rendering of service if that motor
|
16 |
| vehicle is subject
to the commercial distribution fee imposed |
17 |
| under Section 3-815.1 of the
Illinois Vehicle
Code. Beginning |
18 |
| on July 1, 2004 and through June 30, 2005, the use in this |
19 |
| State of motor vehicles of the second division: (i) with a |
20 |
| gross vehicle weight rating in excess of 8,000 pounds; (ii) |
21 |
| that are subject to the commercial distribution fee imposed |
22 |
| under Section 3-815.1 of the Illinois Vehicle Code; and (iii) |
23 |
| that are primarily used for commercial purposes. Through June |
24 |
| 30, 2005, this exemption applies to repair and replacement |
25 |
| parts added after the
initial
purchase of such a motor vehicle |
26 |
| if that motor vehicle is used in a manner that
would
qualify |
27 |
| for the rolling stock exemption otherwise provided for in this |
28 |
| Act. For purposes of this paragraph, "used for commercial |
29 |
| purposes" means the transportation of persons or property in |
30 |
| furtherance of any commercial or industrial enterprise whether |
31 |
| for-hire or not.
|
32 |
| (d-2) The repairing, reconditioning or remodeling, for a |
33 |
| common carrier by
rail, of tangible personal property which |
34 |
| belongs to such carrier for hire, and
as to which such carrier |
35 |
| receives the physical possession of the repaired,
|
36 |
| reconditioned or remodeled item of tangible personal property |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 97 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| in Illinois, and
which such carrier transports, or shares with |
2 |
| another common carrier in the
transportation of such property, |
3 |
| out of Illinois on a standard uniform bill of
lading showing |
4 |
| the person who repaired, reconditioned or remodeled the |
5 |
| property
as the shipper or consignor of such property to a |
6 |
| destination outside Illinois,
for use outside Illinois.
|
7 |
| (d-3) A sale or transfer of tangible personal property |
8 |
| which
is produced by the seller thereof on special order in |
9 |
| such a way as to have
made the applicable tax the Service |
10 |
| Occupation Tax or the Service Use Tax,
rather than the |
11 |
| Retailers' Occupation Tax or the Use Tax, for an interstate
|
12 |
| carrier by rail which receives the physical possession of such |
13 |
| property in
Illinois, and which transports such property, or |
14 |
| shares with another common
carrier in the transportation of |
15 |
| such property, out of Illinois on a standard
uniform bill of |
16 |
| lading showing the seller of the property as the shipper or
|
17 |
| consignor of such property to a destination outside Illinois, |
18 |
| for use outside
Illinois.
|
19 |
| (d-4) Until January 1, 1997, a sale, by a registered |
20 |
| serviceman paying tax
under this Act to the Department, of |
21 |
| special order printed materials delivered
outside Illinois and |
22 |
| which are not returned to this State, if delivery is made
by |
23 |
| the seller or agent of the seller, including an agent who |
24 |
| causes the product
to be delivered outside Illinois by a common |
25 |
| carrier or the U.S.
postal service.
|
26 |
| (e) A sale or transfer of machinery and equipment used |
27 |
| primarily in
the process of the manufacturing or assembling, |
28 |
| either in an existing, an
expanded or a new manufacturing |
29 |
| facility, of tangible personal property for
wholesale or retail |
30 |
| sale or lease, whether such sale or lease is made directly
by |
31 |
| the manufacturer or by some other person, whether the materials |
32 |
| used in the
process are owned by the manufacturer or some other |
33 |
| person, or whether such
sale or lease is made apart from or as |
34 |
| an incident to the seller's engaging in
a service occupation |
35 |
| and the applicable tax is a Service Occupation Tax or
Service |
36 |
| Use Tax, rather than Retailers' Occupation Tax or Use Tax.
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 98 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (f) Until July 1, 2003, the sale or transfer of |
2 |
| distillation
machinery
and equipment, sold as a
unit or kit and |
3 |
| assembled or installed by the retailer, which machinery
and |
4 |
| equipment is certified by the user to be used only for the |
5 |
| production
of ethyl alcohol that will be used for consumption |
6 |
| as motor fuel or as a
component of motor fuel for the personal |
7 |
| use of such user and not subject
to sale or resale.
|
8 |
| (g) At the election of any serviceman not required to be |
9 |
| otherwise
registered as a retailer under Section 2a of the |
10 |
| Retailers' Occupation Tax Act,
made for each fiscal year sales |
11 |
| of service in which the aggregate annual cost
price of tangible |
12 |
| personal property transferred as an incident to the sales of
|
13 |
| service is less than 35% (75% in the case of servicemen |
14 |
| transferring
prescription drugs or servicemen engaged in |
15 |
| graphic arts production) of the
aggregate annual total gross |
16 |
| receipts from all sales of service. The purchase
of such |
17 |
| tangible personal property by the serviceman shall be subject |
18 |
| to tax
under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act and the Use Tax |
19 |
| Act.
However, if a
primary serviceman who has made the election |
20 |
| described in this paragraph
subcontracts service work to a |
21 |
| secondary serviceman who has also made the
election described |
22 |
| in this paragraph, the primary serviceman does not
incur a Use |
23 |
| Tax liability if the secondary serviceman (i) has paid or will |
24 |
| pay
Use
Tax on his or her cost price of any tangible personal |
25 |
| property transferred
to the primary serviceman and (ii) |
26 |
| certifies that fact in writing to the
primary serviceman.
|
27 |
| Tangible personal property transferred incident to the |
28 |
| completion of a
maintenance agreement is exempt from the tax |
29 |
| imposed pursuant to this Act.
|
30 |
| Exemption (e) also includes machinery and equipment used in |
31 |
| the
general maintenance or repair of such exempt machinery and |
32 |
| equipment or for
in-house manufacture of exempt machinery and |
33 |
| equipment.
For the purposes of exemption (e), each of these |
34 |
| terms shall have the following
meanings: (1) "manufacturing |
35 |
| process" shall mean the production of any
article of tangible |
36 |
| personal property, whether such article is a
finished product |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 99 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| or an article for use in the process of manufacturing
or |
2 |
| assembling a different article of tangible personal property, |
3 |
| by
procedures commonly regarded as manufacturing, processing, |
4 |
| fabricating,
or refining which changes some existing material |
5 |
| or materials into a
material with a different form, use or |
6 |
| name. In relation to a
recognized integrated business composed |
7 |
| of a series of operations which
collectively constitute |
8 |
| manufacturing, or individually constitute
manufacturing |
9 |
| operations, the manufacturing process shall be deemed to
|
10 |
| commence with the first operation or stage of production in the |
11 |
| series,
and shall not be deemed to end until the completion of |
12 |
| the final product
in the last operation or stage of production |
13 |
| in the series; and further for
purposes of exemption (e), |
14 |
| photoprocessing is deemed to be a manufacturing
process of |
15 |
| tangible personal property for wholesale or retail sale;
(2) |
16 |
| "assembling process" shall mean the production of any article |
17 |
| of
tangible personal property, whether such article is a |
18 |
| finished product
or an article for use in the process of |
19 |
| manufacturing or assembling a
different article of tangible |
20 |
| personal property, by the combination of
existing materials in |
21 |
| a manner commonly regarded as assembling which
results in a |
22 |
| material of a different form, use or name; (3) "machinery"
|
23 |
| shall mean major mechanical machines or major components of |
24 |
| such machines
contributing to a manufacturing or assembling |
25 |
| process; and (4) "equipment"
shall include any independent |
26 |
| device or tool separate from any machinery but
essential to an |
27 |
| integrated manufacturing or assembly process; including
|
28 |
| computers used primarily in a manufacturer's computer
assisted |
29 |
| design, computer assisted manufacturing (CAD/CAM) system; or |
30 |
| any
subunit or assembly comprising a component of any machinery |
31 |
| or auxiliary,
adjunct or attachment parts of machinery, such as |
32 |
| tools, dies, jigs, fixtures,
patterns and molds; or any parts |
33 |
| which require periodic replacement in the
course of normal |
34 |
| operation; but shall not include hand tools. Equipment
includes |
35 |
| chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts but only if the |
36 |
| chemicals
or chemicals acting as catalysts effect a direct and |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 100 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| immediate change upon a
product being manufactured or assembled |
2 |
| for wholesale or retail sale or lease.
The purchaser of such |
3 |
| machinery and equipment
who has an active resale registration |
4 |
| number shall furnish such number to
the seller at the time of |
5 |
| purchase. The purchaser of such machinery and
equipment and |
6 |
| tools without an active resale registration number shall |
7 |
| furnish
to the seller a certificate of exemption for each |
8 |
| transaction stating facts
establishing the exemption for that |
9 |
| transaction, which certificate shall
be available to the |
10 |
| Department for inspection or audit.
|
11 |
| Except as provided in Section 2d of this Act, the rolling |
12 |
| stock exemption
applies to rolling
stock
used by an interstate
|
13 |
| carrier for hire, even just between points in Illinois, if such |
14 |
| rolling
stock transports, for hire, persons whose journeys or |
15 |
| property whose
shipments originate or terminate outside |
16 |
| Illinois.
|
17 |
| Any informal rulings, opinions or letters issued by the |
18 |
| Department in
response to an inquiry or request for any opinion |
19 |
| from any person
regarding the coverage and applicability of |
20 |
| exemption (e) to specific
devices shall be published, |
21 |
| maintained as a public record, and made
available for public |
22 |
| inspection and copying. If the informal ruling,
opinion or |
23 |
| letter contains trade secrets or other confidential
|
24 |
| information, where possible the Department shall delete such |
25 |
| information
prior to publication. Whenever such informal |
26 |
| rulings, opinions, or
letters contain any policy of general |
27 |
| applicability, the Department
shall formulate and adopt such |
28 |
| policy as a rule in accordance with the
provisions of the |
29 |
| Illinois Administrative Procedure Act.
|
30 |
| On and after July 1, 1987, no entity otherwise eligible |
31 |
| under exemption
(c) of this Section shall make tax free |
32 |
| purchases unless it has an active
exemption identification |
33 |
| number issued by the Department.
|
34 |
| "Serviceman" means any person who is engaged in the |
35 |
| occupation of
making sales of service.
|
36 |
| "Sale at Retail" means "sale at retail" as defined in the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 101 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act.
|
2 |
| "Supplier" means any person who makes sales of tangible |
3 |
| personal
property to servicemen for the purpose of resale as an |
4 |
| incident to a
sale of service.
|
5 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-484, eff. 8-23-01; 93-23, eff. 6-20-03; 93-24, |
6 |
| eff. 6-20-03; 93-1033, eff. 9-3-04.)
|
7 |
| Section 30. The Retailers' Occupation Tax Act is amended by |
8 |
| changing Sections 1 and 2-5 as follows:
|
9 |
| (35 ILCS 120/1) (from Ch. 120, par. 440)
|
10 |
| Sec. 1. Definitions. "Sale at retail" means any transfer of |
11 |
| the
ownership of or title to
tangible personal property to a |
12 |
| purchaser, for the purpose of use or
consumption, and not for |
13 |
| the purpose of resale in any form as tangible
personal property |
14 |
| to the extent not first subjected to a use for which it
was |
15 |
| purchased, for a valuable consideration: Provided that the |
16 |
| property
purchased is deemed to be purchased for the purpose of |
17 |
| resale, despite
first being used, to the extent to which it is |
18 |
| resold as an ingredient of
an intentionally produced product or |
19 |
| byproduct of manufacturing. For this
purpose, slag produced as |
20 |
| an incident to manufacturing pig iron or steel
and sold is |
21 |
| considered to be an intentionally produced byproduct of
|
22 |
| manufacturing. Transactions whereby the possession of the |
23 |
| property is
transferred but the seller retains the title as |
24 |
| security for payment of the
selling price shall be deemed to be |
25 |
| sales.
|
26 |
| "Sale at retail" shall be construed to include any transfer |
27 |
| of the
ownership of or title to tangible personal property to a |
28 |
| purchaser, for use
or consumption by any other person to whom |
29 |
| such purchaser may transfer the
tangible personal property |
30 |
| without a valuable consideration, and to include
any transfer, |
31 |
| whether made for or without a valuable consideration, for
|
32 |
| resale in any form as tangible personal property unless made in |
33 |
| compliance
with Section 2c of this Act.
|
34 |
| Sales of tangible personal property, which property, to the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 102 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| extent not
first subjected to a use for which it was purchased, |
2 |
| as an ingredient or
constituent, goes into and forms a part of |
3 |
| tangible personal property
subsequently the subject of a "Sale |
4 |
| at retail", are not sales at retail as
defined in this Act: |
5 |
| Provided that the property purchased is deemed to be
purchased |
6 |
| for the purpose of resale, despite first being used, to the
|
7 |
| extent to which it is resold as an ingredient of an |
8 |
| intentionally produced
product or byproduct of manufacturing.
|
9 |
| "Sale at retail" shall be construed to include all of the |
10 |
| following services, as enumerated in the North American |
11 |
| Industry Classification System Manual (NAICS), 1997, prepared |
12 |
| by the United States Office of Management and Budget: |
13 |
| (1) Specialized good warehousing and storage |
14 |
| (4931902). |
15 |
| (2) Household goods warehousing and storage (4931901). |
16 |
| (3) Marinas (7131901). |
17 |
| (4) Travel arrangement reservation services (5615). |
18 |
| (5) Consumer electronics repair and maintenance |
19 |
| (811211). |
20 |
| (6) Personal and household goods. |
21 |
| (7) Carpet and upholstery cleaning services (56174). |
22 |
| (8) Dating services (8129902). |
23 |
| (9) Hair, nail, and skin care (81211). |
24 |
| (10) Other personal services other than hair, nail, |
25 |
| facial, or nonpermanent
makeup services (81219). |
26 |
| (11) Dry cleaning and laundry, except coin-operated |
27 |
| (81232). |
28 |
| (12) Consumer goods rental (5322). |
29 |
| (13) General goods rental (5323). |
30 |
| (14) Diet and weight reducing services (812191). |
31 |
| (15) Investigation services (561611). |
32 |
| (16) Bail bonding (8129901). |
33 |
| (17) Telephone answering services (561421). |
34 |
| (18) Photographic studios, portrait (541921). |
35 |
| (19) Linen supply (812331). |
36 |
| (20) Industrial launderers (812332). |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 103 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (21) Interior design services (54141). |
2 |
| (22) Computer systems design and related services |
3 |
| (5415). |
4 |
| (23) Credit bureaus (56145). |
5 |
| (24) Collection agencies (56144). |
6 |
| (25) Other business services, including copy shops |
7 |
| (561439). |
8 |
| (26) Automotive repair and maintenance (8111). |
9 |
| (27) Parking lots and garages (81293). |
10 |
| (28) Motor vehicle towing (48841). |
11 |
| (29) Racetracks (711212). |
12 |
| (30) Amusement parks and arcades (7131). |
13 |
| (31) Bowling Centers (71395). |
14 |
| (32) Cable and other program distribution (51322). |
15 |
| (33) Circuses (7111901). |
16 |
| (34) Coin operated amusement devices, except slots |
17 |
| (7139905). |
18 |
| (35) Golf courses and country clubs (71391). |
19 |
| (36) Fitness and recreational sports centers (711211). |
20 |
| (37) Sports teams and clubs (711211). |
21 |
| (38) Performing arts companies (7111). |
22 |
| (39) Miniature golf courses (7139904). |
23 |
| (40) Scenic and sightseeing transportation (487). |
24 |
| (41) Limousine services (48532). |
25 |
| (42) Unscheduled chartered passenger air |
26 |
| transportation (481211). |
27 |
| (43) Motion picture theaters, except drive-in theaters |
28 |
| (512131). |
29 |
| (44) Drive-in motion picture theaters (512132). |
30 |
| "Sale at retail" shall be construed to include any Illinois |
31 |
| florist's
sales transaction in which the purchase order is |
32 |
| received in Illinois by a
florist and the sale is for use or |
33 |
| consumption, but the Illinois florist
has a florist in another |
34 |
| state deliver the property to the purchaser or the
purchaser's |
35 |
| donee in such other state.
|
36 |
| Nonreusable tangible personal property that is used by |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 104 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| persons engaged in
the business of operating a restaurant, |
2 |
| cafeteria, or drive-in is a sale for
resale when it is |
3 |
| transferred to customers in the ordinary course of business
as |
4 |
| part of the sale of food or beverages and is used to deliver, |
5 |
| package, or
consume food or beverages, regardless of where |
6 |
| consumption of the food or
beverages occurs. Examples of those |
7 |
| items include, but are not limited to
nonreusable, paper and |
8 |
| plastic cups, plates, baskets, boxes, sleeves, buckets
or other |
9 |
| containers, utensils, straws, placemats, napkins, doggie bags, |
10 |
| and
wrapping or packaging
materials that are transferred to |
11 |
| customers as part of the sale of food or
beverages in the |
12 |
| ordinary course of business.
|
13 |
| The purchase, employment and transfer of such tangible |
14 |
| personal property
as newsprint and ink for the primary purpose |
15 |
| of conveying news (with or
without other information) is not a |
16 |
| purchase, use or sale of tangible
personal property.
|
17 |
| A person whose activities are organized and conducted |
18 |
| primarily as a
not-for-profit service enterprise, and who |
19 |
| engages in selling tangible
personal property at retail |
20 |
| (whether to the public or merely to members and
their guests) |
21 |
| is engaged in the business of selling tangible personal
|
22 |
| property at retail with respect to such transactions, excepting |
23 |
| only a
person organized and operated exclusively for |
24 |
| charitable, religious or
educational purposes either (1), to |
25 |
| the extent of sales by such person to
its members, students, |
26 |
| patients or inmates of tangible personal property to
be used |
27 |
| primarily for the purposes of such person, or (2), to the |
28 |
| extent of
sales by such person of tangible personal property |
29 |
| which is not sold or
offered for sale by persons organized for |
30 |
| profit. The selling of school
books and school supplies by |
31 |
| schools at retail to students is not
"primarily for the |
32 |
| purposes of" the school which does such selling. The
provisions |
33 |
| of this paragraph shall not apply to nor subject to taxation
|
34 |
| occasional dinners, socials or similar activities of a person |
35 |
| organized and
operated exclusively for charitable, religious |
36 |
| or educational purposes,
whether or not such activities are |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 105 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| open to the public.
|
2 |
| A person who is the recipient of a grant or contract under |
3 |
| Title VII of
the Older Americans Act of 1965 (P.L. 92-258) and |
4 |
| serves meals to
participants in the federal Nutrition Program |
5 |
| for the Elderly in return for
contributions established in |
6 |
| amount by the individual participant pursuant
to a schedule of |
7 |
| suggested fees as provided for in the federal Act is not
|
8 |
| engaged in the business of selling tangible personal property |
9 |
| at retail
with respect to such transactions.
|
10 |
| "Purchaser" means anyone who, through a sale at retail, |
11 |
| acquires the
ownership of or title to tangible personal |
12 |
| property for a valuable
consideration.
|
13 |
| "Reseller of motor fuel" means any person engaged in the |
14 |
| business of selling
or delivering or transferring title of |
15 |
| motor fuel to another person
other than for use or consumption.
|
16 |
| No person shall act as a reseller of motor fuel within this |
17 |
| State without
first being registered as a reseller pursuant to |
18 |
| Section 2c or a retailer
pursuant to Section 2a.
|
19 |
| "Selling price" or the "amount of sale" means the |
20 |
| consideration for a
sale valued in money whether received in |
21 |
| money or otherwise, including
cash, credits, property, other |
22 |
| than as hereinafter provided, and services,
but not including |
23 |
| the value of or credit given for traded-in tangible
personal |
24 |
| property where the item that is traded-in is of like kind and
|
25 |
| character as that which is being sold, and shall be determined |
26 |
| without any
deduction on account of the cost of the property |
27 |
| sold, the cost of
materials used, labor or service cost or any |
28 |
| other expense whatsoever, but
does not include charges that are |
29 |
| added to prices by sellers on account of
the seller's tax |
30 |
| liability under this Act, or on account of the seller's
duty to |
31 |
| collect, from the purchaser, the tax that is imposed by the Use |
32 |
| Tax
Act, or on account of the seller's tax liability under |
33 |
| Section 8-11-1 of
the Illinois Municipal Code, as heretofore |
34 |
| and hereafter amended, or on
account of the seller's tax |
35 |
| liability under the County Retailers'
Occupation Tax Act, or on |
36 |
| account of the seller's tax liability under the
Home Rule |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 106 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Municipal Soft Drink Retailers' Occupation Tax,
or on account |
2 |
| of the seller's tax liability under any tax imposed under the
|
3 |
| "Regional Transportation Authority Act", approved December 12, |
4 |
| 1973.
Effective December 1, 1985, "selling price" shall include |
5 |
| charges that
are added to prices by sellers on account of the |
6 |
| seller's
tax liability under the Cigarette Tax Act, on account |
7 |
| of the sellers'
duty to collect, from the purchaser, the tax |
8 |
| imposed under the Cigarette
Use Tax Act, and on account of the |
9 |
| seller's duty to collect, from the
purchaser, any cigarette tax |
10 |
| imposed by a home rule unit.
|
11 |
| The phrase "like kind and character" shall be liberally |
12 |
| construed
(including but not limited to any form of motor |
13 |
| vehicle for any form of
motor vehicle, or any kind of farm or |
14 |
| agricultural implement for any other
kind of farm or |
15 |
| agricultural implement), while not including a kind of item
|
16 |
| which, if sold at retail by that retailer, would be exempt from |
17 |
| retailers'
occupation tax and use tax as an isolated or |
18 |
| occasional sale.
|
19 |
| "Gross receipts" from the sales of tangible personal |
20 |
| property at retail
means the total selling price or the amount |
21 |
| of such sales, as hereinbefore
defined. In the case of charge |
22 |
| and time sales, the amount thereof shall be
included only as |
23 |
| and when payments are received by the seller.
Receipts or other |
24 |
| consideration derived by a seller from
the sale, transfer or |
25 |
| assignment of accounts receivable to a wholly owned
subsidiary |
26 |
| will not be deemed payments prior to the time the purchaser
|
27 |
| makes payment on such accounts.
|
28 |
| "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
|
29 |
| "Person" means any natural individual, firm, partnership, |
30 |
| association,
joint stock company, joint adventure, public or |
31 |
| private corporation, limited
liability company, or a receiver, |
32 |
| executor, trustee, guardian or other
representative appointed |
33 |
| by order of any court.
|
34 |
| The isolated or occasional sale of tangible personal |
35 |
| property at retail
by a person who does not hold himself out as |
36 |
| being engaged (or who does not
habitually engage) in selling |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 107 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| such tangible personal property at retail, or
a sale through a |
2 |
| bulk vending machine, does not constitute engaging in a
|
3 |
| business of selling such tangible personal property at retail |
4 |
| within the
meaning of this Act; provided that any person who is |
5 |
| engaged in a business
which is not subject to the tax imposed |
6 |
| by this Act because of involving
the sale of or a contract to |
7 |
| sell real estate or a construction contract to
improve real |
8 |
| estate or a construction contract to engineer, install, and
|
9 |
| maintain an integrated system of products, but who, in the |
10 |
| course of
conducting such business,
transfers tangible |
11 |
| personal property to users or consumers in the finished
form in |
12 |
| which it was purchased, and which does not become real estate |
13 |
| or was
not engineered and installed, under any provision of a |
14 |
| construction contract or
real estate sale or real estate sales |
15 |
| agreement entered into with some other
person arising out of or |
16 |
| because of such nontaxable business, is engaged in the
business |
17 |
| of selling tangible personal property at retail to the extent |
18 |
| of the
value of the tangible personal property so transferred. |
19 |
| If, in such a
transaction, a separate charge is made for the |
20 |
| tangible personal property so
transferred, the value of such |
21 |
| property, for the purpose of this Act, shall be
the amount so |
22 |
| separately charged, but not less than the cost of such property
|
23 |
| to the transferor; if no separate charge is made, the value of |
24 |
| such property,
for the purposes of this Act, is the cost to the |
25 |
| transferor of such tangible
personal property. Construction |
26 |
| contracts for the improvement of real estate
consisting of |
27 |
| engineering, installation, and maintenance of voice, data, |
28 |
| video,
security, and all telecommunication systems do not |
29 |
| constitute engaging in a
business of selling tangible personal |
30 |
| property at retail within the meaning of
this Act if they are |
31 |
| sold at one specified contract price.
|
32 |
| A person who holds himself or herself out as being engaged |
33 |
| (or who habitually
engages) in selling tangible personal |
34 |
| property at retail is a person
engaged in the business of |
35 |
| selling tangible personal property at retail
hereunder with |
36 |
| respect to such sales (and not primarily in a service
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 108 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| occupation) notwithstanding the fact that such person designs |
2 |
| and produces
such tangible personal property on special order |
3 |
| for the purchaser and in
such a way as to render the property |
4 |
| of value only to such purchaser, if
such tangible personal |
5 |
| property so produced on special order serves
substantially the |
6 |
| same function as stock or standard items of tangible
personal |
7 |
| property that are sold at retail.
|
8 |
| Persons who engage in the business of transferring tangible |
9 |
| personal
property upon the redemption of trading stamps are |
10 |
| engaged in the business
of selling such property at retail and |
11 |
| shall be liable for and shall pay
the tax imposed by this Act |
12 |
| on the basis of the retail value of the
property transferred |
13 |
| upon redemption of such stamps.
|
14 |
| "Bulk vending machine" means a vending machine,
containing |
15 |
| unsorted confections, nuts, toys, or other items designed
|
16 |
| primarily to be used or played with by children
which, when a |
17 |
| coin or coins of a denomination not larger than $0.50 are
|
18 |
| inserted, are dispensed in equal portions, at random and
|
19 |
| without selection by the customer.
|
20 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-213, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
21 |
| (35 ILCS 120/2-5) (from Ch. 120, par. 441-5)
|
22 |
| Sec. 2-5. Exemptions. Gross receipts from proceeds from the |
23 |
| sale of
the following tangible personal property are exempt |
24 |
| from the tax imposed
by this Act:
|
25 |
| (1) Farm chemicals.
|
26 |
| (2) Farm machinery and equipment, both new and used, |
27 |
| including that
manufactured on special order, certified by the |
28 |
| purchaser to be used
primarily for production agriculture or |
29 |
| State or federal agricultural
programs, including individual |
30 |
| replacement parts for the machinery and
equipment, including |
31 |
| machinery and equipment purchased for lease,
and including |
32 |
| implements of husbandry defined in Section 1-130 of
the |
33 |
| Illinois Vehicle Code, farm machinery and agricultural |
34 |
| chemical and
fertilizer spreaders, and nurse wagons required to |
35 |
| be registered
under Section 3-809 of the Illinois Vehicle Code,
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 109 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| but
excluding other motor vehicles required to be registered |
2 |
| under the Illinois
Vehicle Code.
Horticultural polyhouses or |
3 |
| hoop houses used for propagating, growing, or
overwintering |
4 |
| plants shall be considered farm machinery and equipment under
|
5 |
| this item (2).
Agricultural chemical tender tanks and dry boxes |
6 |
| shall include units sold
separately from a motor vehicle |
7 |
| required to be licensed and units sold mounted
on a motor |
8 |
| vehicle required to be licensed, if the selling price of the |
9 |
| tender
is separately stated.
|
10 |
| Farm machinery and equipment shall include precision |
11 |
| farming equipment
that is
installed or purchased to be |
12 |
| installed on farm machinery and equipment
including, but not |
13 |
| limited to, tractors, harvesters, sprayers, planters,
seeders, |
14 |
| or spreaders.
Precision farming equipment includes, but is not |
15 |
| limited to,
soil testing sensors, computers, monitors, |
16 |
| software, global positioning
and mapping systems, and other |
17 |
| such equipment.
|
18 |
| Farm machinery and equipment also includes computers, |
19 |
| sensors, software, and
related equipment used primarily in the
|
20 |
| computer-assisted operation of production agriculture |
21 |
| facilities, equipment,
and activities such as, but
not limited |
22 |
| to,
the collection, monitoring, and correlation of
animal and |
23 |
| crop data for the purpose of
formulating animal diets and |
24 |
| agricultural chemicals. This item (7) is exempt
from the |
25 |
| provisions of
Section 2-70.
|
26 |
| (3) Until July 1, 2003, distillation machinery and |
27 |
| equipment, sold as a
unit or kit,
assembled or installed by the |
28 |
| retailer, certified by the user to be used
only for the |
29 |
| production of ethyl alcohol that will be used for consumption
|
30 |
| as motor fuel or as a component of motor fuel for the personal |
31 |
| use of the
user, and not subject to sale or resale.
|
32 |
| (4) Until July 1, 2003 and beginning again September 1, |
33 |
| 2004, graphic arts machinery and equipment, including
repair |
34 |
| and
replacement parts, both new and used, and including that |
35 |
| manufactured on
special order or purchased for lease, certified |
36 |
| by the purchaser to be used
primarily for graphic arts |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 110 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| production.
Equipment includes chemicals or
chemicals acting |
2 |
| as catalysts but only if
the chemicals or chemicals acting as |
3 |
| catalysts effect a direct and immediate
change upon a
graphic |
4 |
| arts product.
|
5 |
| (5) (Blank).
A motor vehicle of the first division, a motor |
6 |
| vehicle of the second
division that is a self-contained motor |
7 |
| vehicle designed or permanently
converted to provide living |
8 |
| quarters for recreational, camping, or travel
use, with direct |
9 |
| walk through access to the living quarters from the
driver's |
10 |
| seat, or a motor vehicle of the second division that is of the |
11 |
| van
configuration designed for the transportation of not less |
12 |
| than 7 nor more
than 16 passengers, as defined in Section 1-146 |
13 |
| of the Illinois Vehicle
Code, that is used for automobile |
14 |
| renting, as defined in the Automobile
Renting Occupation and |
15 |
| Use Tax Act.
|
16 |
| (6) Personal property sold by a teacher-sponsored student |
17 |
| organization
affiliated with an elementary or secondary school |
18 |
| located in Illinois.
|
19 |
| (7) Until July 1, 2003, proceeds of that portion of the |
20 |
| selling price of
a passenger car the
sale of which is subject |
21 |
| to the Replacement Vehicle Tax.
|
22 |
| (8) Personal property sold to an Illinois county fair |
23 |
| association for
use in conducting, operating, or promoting the |
24 |
| county fair.
|
25 |
| (9) Personal property sold to a not-for-profit arts
or |
26 |
| cultural organization that establishes, by proof required by |
27 |
| the Department
by
rule, that it has received an exemption under |
28 |
| Section 501(c)(3) of the
Internal Revenue Code and that is |
29 |
| organized and operated primarily for the
presentation
or |
30 |
| support of arts or cultural programming, activities, or |
31 |
| services. These
organizations include, but are not limited to, |
32 |
| music and dramatic arts
organizations such as symphony |
33 |
| orchestras and theatrical groups, arts and
cultural service |
34 |
| organizations, local arts councils, visual arts organizations,
|
35 |
| and media arts organizations.
On and after the effective date |
36 |
| of this amendatory Act of the 92nd General
Assembly, however, |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 111 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| an entity otherwise eligible for this exemption shall not
make |
2 |
| tax-free purchases unless it has an active identification |
3 |
| number issued by
the Department.
|
4 |
| (10) Personal property sold by a corporation, society, |
5 |
| association,
foundation, institution, or organization, other |
6 |
| than a limited liability
company, that is organized and |
7 |
| operated as a not-for-profit service enterprise
for the benefit |
8 |
| of persons 65 years of age or older if the personal property
|
9 |
| was not purchased by the enterprise for the purpose of resale |
10 |
| by the
enterprise.
|
11 |
| (11) Personal property sold to a governmental body, to a |
12 |
| corporation,
society, association, foundation, or institution |
13 |
| organized and operated
exclusively for charitable, religious, |
14 |
| or educational purposes, or to a
not-for-profit corporation, |
15 |
| society, association, foundation, institution,
or organization |
16 |
| that has no compensated officers or employees and that is
|
17 |
| organized and operated primarily for the recreation of persons |
18 |
| 55 years of
age or older. A limited liability company may |
19 |
| qualify for the exemption under
this paragraph only if the |
20 |
| limited liability company is organized and operated
|
21 |
| exclusively for educational purposes. On and after July 1, |
22 |
| 1987, however, no
entity otherwise eligible for this exemption |
23 |
| shall make tax-free purchases
unless it has an active |
24 |
| identification number issued by the Department.
|
25 |
| (12) Tangible personal property sold to
interstate |
26 |
| carriers
for hire for use as
rolling stock moving in interstate |
27 |
| commerce or to lessors under leases of
one year or longer |
28 |
| executed or in effect at the time of purchase by
interstate |
29 |
| carriers for hire for use as rolling stock moving in interstate
|
30 |
| commerce and equipment operated by a telecommunications |
31 |
| provider, licensed as a
common carrier by the Federal |
32 |
| Communications Commission, which is permanently
installed in |
33 |
| or affixed to aircraft moving in interstate commerce.
|
34 |
| (12-5) On and after July 1, 2003 and through June 30, 2004, |
35 |
| motor vehicles of the second division
with a gross vehicle |
36 |
| weight in excess of 8,000 pounds
that
are
subject to the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 112 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| commercial distribution fee imposed under Section 3-815.1 of
|
2 |
| the Illinois
Vehicle Code. Beginning on July 1, 2004 and |
3 |
| through June 30, 2005, the use in this State of motor vehicles |
4 |
| of the second division: (i) with a gross vehicle weight rating |
5 |
| in excess of 8,000 pounds; (ii) that are subject to the |
6 |
| commercial distribution fee imposed under Section 3-815.1 of |
7 |
| the Illinois Vehicle Code; and (iii) that are primarily used |
8 |
| for commercial purposes. Through June 30, 2005, this
exemption |
9 |
| applies to repair and replacement parts added
after the
initial |
10 |
| purchase of such a motor vehicle if that motor vehicle is used |
11 |
| in a
manner that
would qualify for the rolling stock exemption |
12 |
| otherwise provided for in this
Act. For purposes of this |
13 |
| paragraph, "used for commercial purposes" means the |
14 |
| transportation of persons or property in furtherance of any |
15 |
| commercial or industrial enterprise whether for-hire or not.
|
16 |
| (13) Proceeds from sales to owners, lessors, or
shippers of
|
17 |
| tangible personal property that is utilized by interstate |
18 |
| carriers for
hire for use as rolling stock moving in interstate |
19 |
| commerce
and equipment operated by a telecommunications |
20 |
| provider, licensed as a
common carrier by the Federal |
21 |
| Communications Commission, which is
permanently installed in |
22 |
| or affixed to aircraft moving in interstate commerce.
|
23 |
| (14) (Blank).
Machinery and equipment that will be used by |
24 |
| the purchaser, or a
lessee of the purchaser, primarily in the |
25 |
| process of manufacturing or
assembling tangible personal |
26 |
| property for wholesale or retail sale or
lease, whether the |
27 |
| sale or lease is made directly by the manufacturer or by
some |
28 |
| other person, whether the materials used in the process are |
29 |
| owned by
the manufacturer or some other person, or whether the |
30 |
| sale or lease is made
apart from or as an incident to the |
31 |
| seller's engaging in the service
occupation of producing |
32 |
| machines, tools, dies, jigs, patterns, gauges, or
other similar |
33 |
| items of no commercial value on special order for a particular
|
34 |
| purchaser.
|
35 |
| (15) Proceeds of mandatory service charges separately |
36 |
| stated on
customers' bills for purchase and consumption of food |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 113 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| and beverages, to the
extent that the proceeds of the service |
2 |
| charge are in fact turned over as
tips or as a substitute for |
3 |
| tips to the employees who participate directly
in preparing, |
4 |
| serving, hosting or cleaning up the food or beverage function
|
5 |
| with respect to which the service charge is imposed.
|
6 |
| (16) Petroleum products sold to a purchaser if the seller
|
7 |
| is prohibited by federal law from charging tax to the |
8 |
| purchaser.
|
9 |
| (17) Tangible personal property sold to a common carrier by |
10 |
| rail or
motor that
receives the physical possession of the |
11 |
| property in Illinois and that
transports the property, or |
12 |
| shares with another common carrier in the
transportation of the |
13 |
| property, out of Illinois on a standard uniform bill
of lading |
14 |
| showing the seller of the property as the shipper or consignor |
15 |
| of
the property to a destination outside Illinois, for use |
16 |
| outside Illinois.
|
17 |
| (18) Legal tender, currency, medallions, or gold or silver |
18 |
| coinage
issued by the State of Illinois, the government of the |
19 |
| United States of
America, or the government of any foreign |
20 |
| country, and bullion.
|
21 |
| (19) Until July 1 2003, oil field exploration, drilling, |
22 |
| and production
equipment, including
(i) rigs and parts of rigs, |
23 |
| rotary rigs, cable tool
rigs, and workover rigs, (ii) pipe and |
24 |
| tubular goods, including casing and
drill strings, (iii) pumps |
25 |
| and pump-jack units, (iv) storage tanks and flow
lines, (v) any |
26 |
| individual replacement part for oil field exploration,
|
27 |
| drilling, and production equipment, and (vi) machinery and |
28 |
| equipment purchased
for lease; but
excluding motor vehicles |
29 |
| required to be registered under the Illinois
Vehicle Code.
|
30 |
| (20) Photoprocessing machinery and equipment, including |
31 |
| repair and
replacement parts, both new and used, including that |
32 |
| manufactured on
special order, certified by the purchaser to be |
33 |
| used primarily for
photoprocessing, and including |
34 |
| photoprocessing machinery and equipment
purchased for lease.
|
35 |
| (21) Until July 1, 2003, coal exploration, mining, |
36 |
| offhighway hauling,
processing,
maintenance, and reclamation |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 114 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| equipment, including
replacement parts and equipment, and |
2 |
| including
equipment purchased for lease, but excluding motor |
3 |
| vehicles required to be
registered under the Illinois Vehicle |
4 |
| Code.
|
5 |
| (22) Fuel and petroleum products sold to or used by an air |
6 |
| carrier,
certified by the carrier to be used for consumption, |
7 |
| shipment, or storage
in the conduct of its business as an air |
8 |
| common carrier, for a flight
destined for or returning from a |
9 |
| location or locations
outside the United States without regard |
10 |
| to previous or subsequent domestic
stopovers.
|
11 |
| (23) A transaction in which the purchase order is received |
12 |
| by a florist
who is located outside Illinois, but who has a |
13 |
| florist located in Illinois
deliver the property to the |
14 |
| purchaser or the purchaser's donee in Illinois.
|
15 |
| (24) Fuel consumed or used in the operation of ships, |
16 |
| barges, or vessels
that are used primarily in or for the |
17 |
| transportation of property or the
conveyance of persons for |
18 |
| hire on rivers bordering on this State if the
fuel is delivered |
19 |
| by the seller to the purchaser's barge, ship, or vessel
while |
20 |
| it is afloat upon that bordering river.
|
21 |
| (25) Except as provided in item (25-5) of this Section, a
|
22 |
| motor vehicle sold in this State to a nonresident even though |
23 |
| the
motor vehicle is delivered to the nonresident in this |
24 |
| State, if the motor
vehicle is not to be titled in this State, |
25 |
| and if a drive-away permit
is issued to the motor vehicle as |
26 |
| provided in Section 3-603 of the Illinois
Vehicle Code or if |
27 |
| the nonresident purchaser has vehicle registration
plates to |
28 |
| transfer to the motor vehicle upon returning to his or her home
|
29 |
| state. The issuance of the drive-away permit or having
the
|
30 |
| out-of-state registration plates to be transferred is prima |
31 |
| facie evidence
that the motor vehicle will not be titled in |
32 |
| this State.
|
33 |
| (25-5) The exemption under item (25) does not apply if the |
34 |
| state in which the motor vehicle will be titled does not allow |
35 |
| a reciprocal exemption for a motor vehicle sold and delivered |
36 |
| in that state to an Illinois resident but titled in Illinois. |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 115 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| The tax collected under this Act on the sale of a motor vehicle |
2 |
| in this State to a resident of another state that does not |
3 |
| allow a reciprocal exemption shall be imposed at a rate equal |
4 |
| to the state's rate of tax on taxable property in the state in |
5 |
| which the purchaser is a resident, except that the tax shall |
6 |
| not exceed the tax that would otherwise be imposed under this |
7 |
| Act. At the time of the sale, the purchaser shall execute a |
8 |
| statement, signed under penalty of perjury, of his or her |
9 |
| intent to title the vehicle in the state in which the purchaser |
10 |
| is a resident within 30 days after the sale and of the fact of |
11 |
| the payment to the State of Illinois of tax in an amount |
12 |
| equivalent to the state's rate of tax on taxable property in |
13 |
| his or her state of residence and shall submit the statement to |
14 |
| the appropriate tax collection agency in his or her state of |
15 |
| residence. In addition, the retailer must retain a signed copy |
16 |
| of the statement in his or her records. Nothing in this item |
17 |
| shall be construed to require the removal of the vehicle from |
18 |
| this state following the filing of an intent to title the |
19 |
| vehicle in the purchaser's state of residence if the purchaser |
20 |
| titles the vehicle in his or her state of residence within 30 |
21 |
| days after the date of sale. The tax collected under this Act |
22 |
| in accordance with this item (25-5) shall be proportionately |
23 |
| distributed as if the tax were collected at the 6.25% general |
24 |
| rate imposed under this Act.
|
25 |
| (26) Semen used for artificial insemination of livestock |
26 |
| for direct
agricultural production.
|
27 |
| (27) Horses, or interests in horses, registered with and |
28 |
| meeting the
requirements of any of the
Arabian Horse Club |
29 |
| Registry of America, Appaloosa Horse Club, American Quarter
|
30 |
| Horse Association, United States
Trotting Association, or |
31 |
| Jockey Club, as appropriate, used for
purposes of breeding or |
32 |
| racing for prizes.
|
33 |
| (28) Computers and communications equipment utilized for |
34 |
| any
hospital
purpose
and equipment used in the diagnosis,
|
35 |
| analysis, or treatment of hospital patients sold to a lessor |
36 |
| who leases the
equipment, under a lease of one year or longer |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 116 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| executed or in effect at the
time of the purchase, to a
|
2 |
| hospital
that has been issued an active tax exemption |
3 |
| identification number by the
Department under Section 1g of |
4 |
| this Act.
|
5 |
| (29) Personal property sold to a lessor who leases the
|
6 |
| property, under a
lease of one year or longer executed or in |
7 |
| effect at the time of the purchase,
to a governmental body
that |
8 |
| has been issued an active tax exemption identification number |
9 |
| by the
Department under Section 1g of this Act.
|
10 |
| (30) Beginning with taxable years ending on or after |
11 |
| December
31, 1995
and
ending with taxable years ending on or |
12 |
| before December 31, 2004,
personal property that is
donated for |
13 |
| disaster relief to be used in a State or federally declared
|
14 |
| disaster area in Illinois or bordering Illinois by a |
15 |
| manufacturer or retailer
that is registered in this State to a |
16 |
| corporation, society, association,
foundation, or institution |
17 |
| that has been issued a sales tax exemption
identification |
18 |
| number by the Department that assists victims of the disaster
|
19 |
| who reside within the declared disaster area.
|
20 |
| (31) Beginning with taxable years ending on or after |
21 |
| December
31, 1995 and
ending with taxable years ending on or |
22 |
| before December 31, 2004, personal
property that is used in the |
23 |
| performance of infrastructure repairs in this
State, including |
24 |
| but not limited to municipal roads and streets, access roads,
|
25 |
| bridges, sidewalks, waste disposal systems, water and sewer |
26 |
| line extensions,
water distribution and purification |
27 |
| facilities, storm water drainage and
retention facilities, and |
28 |
| sewage treatment facilities, resulting from a State
or |
29 |
| federally declared disaster in Illinois or bordering Illinois |
30 |
| when such
repairs are initiated on facilities located in the |
31 |
| declared disaster area
within 6 months after the disaster.
|
32 |
| (32) Beginning July 1, 1999, game or game birds sold at a |
33 |
| "game breeding
and
hunting preserve area" or an "exotic game |
34 |
| hunting area" as those terms are used
in the
Wildlife Code or |
35 |
| at a hunting enclosure approved through rules adopted by the
|
36 |
| Department of Natural Resources. This paragraph is exempt from |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 117 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| the provisions
of
Section 2-70.
|
2 |
| (33) A motor vehicle, as that term is defined in Section |
3 |
| 1-146
of the
Illinois Vehicle Code, that is donated to a |
4 |
| corporation, limited liability
company, society, association, |
5 |
| foundation, or institution that is determined by
the Department |
6 |
| to be organized and operated exclusively for educational
|
7 |
| purposes. For purposes of this exemption, "a corporation, |
8 |
| limited liability
company, society, association, foundation, |
9 |
| or institution organized and
operated
exclusively for |
10 |
| educational purposes" means all tax-supported public schools,
|
11 |
| private schools that offer systematic instruction in useful |
12 |
| branches of
learning by methods common to public schools and |
13 |
| that compare favorably in
their scope and intensity with the |
14 |
| course of study presented in tax-supported
schools, and |
15 |
| vocational or technical schools or institutes organized and
|
16 |
| operated exclusively to provide a course of study of not less |
17 |
| than 6 weeks
duration and designed to prepare individuals to |
18 |
| follow a trade or to pursue a
manual, technical, mechanical, |
19 |
| industrial, business, or commercial
occupation.
|
20 |
| (34) Beginning January 1, 2000, personal property, |
21 |
| including food, purchased
through fundraising events for the |
22 |
| benefit of a public or private elementary or
secondary school, |
23 |
| a group of those schools, or one or more school districts if
|
24 |
| the events are sponsored by an entity recognized by the school |
25 |
| district that
consists primarily of volunteers and includes |
26 |
| parents and teachers of the
school children. This paragraph |
27 |
| does not apply to fundraising events (i) for
the benefit of |
28 |
| private home instruction or (ii) for which the fundraising
|
29 |
| entity purchases the personal property sold at the events from |
30 |
| another
individual or entity that sold the property for the |
31 |
| purpose of resale by the
fundraising entity and that profits |
32 |
| from the sale to the fundraising entity.
This paragraph is |
33 |
| exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.
|
34 |
| (35) Beginning January 1, 2000 and through December 31, |
35 |
| 2001, new or used
automatic vending machines that prepare and |
36 |
| serve hot food and beverages,
including coffee, soup, and other |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 118 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| items, and replacement parts for these
machines. Beginning |
2 |
| January 1, 2002 and through June 30, 2003, machines
and parts |
3 |
| for machines used in
commercial, coin-operated amusement and |
4 |
| vending business if a use or occupation
tax is paid on the |
5 |
| gross receipts derived from the use of the commercial,
|
6 |
| coin-operated amusement and vending machines. This paragraph |
7 |
| is exempt from
the provisions of Section 2-70.
|
8 |
| (35-5) Food for human consumption that is to be consumed |
9 |
| off
the premises where it is sold (other than alcoholic |
10 |
| beverages, soft drinks,
and food that has been prepared for |
11 |
| immediate consumption) and prescription
and nonprescription |
12 |
| medicines, drugs, medical appliances, and insulin, urine
|
13 |
| testing materials, syringes, and needles used by diabetics, for |
14 |
| human use, when
purchased for use by a person receiving medical |
15 |
| assistance under Article 5 of
the Illinois Public Aid Code who |
16 |
| resides in a licensed long-term care facility,
as defined in |
17 |
| the Nursing Home Care Act.
|
18 |
| (36) Beginning August 2, 2001, computers and |
19 |
| communications equipment
utilized for any hospital purpose and |
20 |
| equipment used in the diagnosis,
analysis, or treatment of |
21 |
| hospital patients sold to a lessor who leases the
equipment, |
22 |
| under a lease of one year or longer executed or in effect at |
23 |
| the
time of the purchase, to a hospital that has been issued an |
24 |
| active tax
exemption identification number by the Department |
25 |
| under Section 1g of this Act.
This paragraph is exempt from the |
26 |
| provisions of Section 2-70.
|
27 |
| (37) Beginning August 2, 2001, personal property sold to a |
28 |
| lessor who
leases the property, under a lease of one year or |
29 |
| longer executed or in effect
at the time of the purchase, to a |
30 |
| governmental body that has been issued an
active tax exemption |
31 |
| identification number by the Department under Section 1g
of |
32 |
| this Act. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of |
33 |
| Section 2-70.
|
34 |
| (38) Beginning on January 1, 2002, tangible personal |
35 |
| property purchased
from an Illinois retailer by a taxpayer |
36 |
| engaged in centralized purchasing
activities in Illinois who |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 119 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| will, upon receipt of the property in Illinois,
temporarily |
2 |
| store the property in Illinois (i) for the purpose of |
3 |
| subsequently
transporting it outside this State for use or |
4 |
| consumption thereafter solely
outside this State or (ii) for |
5 |
| the purpose of being processed, fabricated, or
manufactured |
6 |
| into, attached to, or incorporated into other tangible personal
|
7 |
| property to be transported outside this State and thereafter |
8 |
| used or consumed
solely outside this State. The Director of |
9 |
| Revenue shall, pursuant to rules
adopted in accordance with the |
10 |
| Illinois Administrative Procedure Act, issue a
permit to any |
11 |
| taxpayer in good standing with the Department who is eligible |
12 |
| for
the exemption under this paragraph (38). The permit issued |
13 |
| under
this paragraph (38) shall authorize the holder, to the |
14 |
| extent and
in the manner specified in the rules adopted under |
15 |
| this Act, to purchase
tangible personal property from a |
16 |
| retailer exempt from the taxes imposed by
this Act. Taxpayers |
17 |
| shall maintain all necessary books and records to
substantiate |
18 |
| the use and consumption of all such tangible personal property
|
19 |
| outside of the State of Illinois.
|
20 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-35, eff. 7-1-01; 92-227, |
21 |
| eff. 8-2-01; 92-337, eff. 8-10-01; 92-484, eff. 8-23-01; |
22 |
| 92-488, eff. 8-23-01; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 92-680, eff. |
23 |
| 7-16-02; 93-23, eff. 6-20-03; 93-24, eff. 6-20-03; 93-840, eff. |
24 |
| 7-30-04; 93-1033, eff. 9-3-04; 93-1068, eff. 1-15-05.)
|
25 |
| (35 ILCS 120/1d rep.) (from Ch. 120, par. 440d)
|
26 |
| (35 ILCS 120/1f rep.) (from Ch. 120, par. 440f)
|
27 |
| Section 33. The Retailers' Occupation Tax Act is amended by |
28 |
| repealing Sections 1d and 1f. |
29 |
| Section 35. The Property Tax Code is amended by changing |
30 |
| Sections 18-255, 20-15, and 21-30 and by adding Section 18-178 |
31 |
| as follows: |
32 |
| (35 ILCS 200/18-178 new) |
33 |
| Sec. 18-178. Education tax abatement. Beginning with taxes |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 120 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| levied for 2003 (payable in 2004), the county clerk must |
2 |
| determine the final extension for educational purposes for all |
3 |
| taxable property in a school district located in the county or |
4 |
| for the taxable property of that part of a school district |
5 |
| located in the county, taking into account the maximum rate, |
6 |
| levy, and extension authorized under the Property Tax Extension |
7 |
| Limitation Law, the Truth in Taxation Law, and any other |
8 |
| statute. The county clerk must then abate the extension for |
9 |
| educational purposes for each school district or part of a |
10 |
| school district in the county by the amount of the minimum |
11 |
| property tax relief grant and, if applicable, the supplemental |
12 |
| property tax relief grant, certified to the county clerk for |
13 |
| that school district or part of a school district by the |
14 |
| Department of Revenue under Section 6z-65 of the State Finance |
15 |
| Act. When the final extension for educational purposes has been |
16 |
| determined and abated, the county clerk must notify the |
17 |
| Department of Revenue.
The county clerk must determine the |
18 |
| prorated portion of the certified minimum and, if applicable, |
19 |
| supplemental property tax relief grants allocable to each |
20 |
| taxpayer in a given school district based on the tax rate for |
21 |
| educational purposes for that school district and the aggregate |
22 |
| relief granted to that school district. The extension amount |
23 |
| for educational purposes, as originally calculated before |
24 |
| abatement, is the official, final extension for educational |
25 |
| purposes and must be used for all other purposes, including |
26 |
| determining the maximum rate, levy, and extension authorized |
27 |
| under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, the Truth in |
28 |
| Taxation Law, and any other statute and the maximum amount of |
29 |
| tax anticipation warrants under Sections 17-16 and 34-23 of the |
30 |
| School Code.
|
31 |
| (35 ILCS 200/18-255)
|
32 |
| Sec. 18-255. Abstract of assessments and extensions. When |
33 |
| the collector's
books are completed, the county clerk shall |
34 |
| make a complete statement of the
assessment and extensions, in |
35 |
| conformity to the instructions of the Department.
The clerk |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 121 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| shall certify the statement to the Department. Beginning with |
2 |
| the 2003 levy year, the Department shall require the statement |
3 |
| to include a separate listing of the amount of any extension |
4 |
| that is abated under Section 18-178 of this Act.
|
5 |
| (Source: Laws 1943, vol. 1, p. 1136; P.A. 88-455.)
|
6 |
| (35 ILCS 200/20-15)
|
7 |
| Sec. 20-15. Information on bill or separate statement. The |
8 |
| amount of tax due and rates shown on the tax bill pursuant to |
9 |
| this Section shall be net of any abatement under Section |
10 |
| 18-178. There shall be
printed on each bill, or on a separate |
11 |
| slip which shall be mailed with the
bill:
|
12 |
| (a) a statement itemizing the rate at which taxes have |
13 |
| been extended for
each of the taxing districts in the |
14 |
| county in whose district the property is
located, and in |
15 |
| those counties utilizing
electronic data processing |
16 |
| equipment the dollar amount of tax due from the
person |
17 |
| assessed allocable to each of those taxing districts, |
18 |
| including a
separate statement of the dollar amount of tax |
19 |
| due which is allocable to a tax
levied under the Illinois |
20 |
| Local Library Act or to any other tax levied by a
|
21 |
| municipality or township for public library purposes,
|
22 |
| (b) a separate statement for each of the taxing |
23 |
| districts of the dollar
amount of tax due which is |
24 |
| allocable to a tax levied under the Illinois Pension
Code |
25 |
| or to any other tax levied by a municipality or township |
26 |
| for public
pension or retirement purposes,
|
27 |
| (c) the total tax rate,
|
28 |
| (d) the total amount of tax due, and
|
29 |
| (e) the amount by which the total tax and the tax |
30 |
| allocable to each taxing
district differs from the |
31 |
| taxpayer's last prior tax bill , and |
32 |
| (f) the amount of tax abated under Section 18-178 |
33 |
| labeled "Portion of your Education Related Property Taxes |
34 |
| paid by the State of Illinois" .
|
35 |
| The county treasurer shall ensure that only those taxing |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 122 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| districts in
which a parcel of property is located shall be |
2 |
| listed on the bill for that
property.
|
3 |
| In all counties the statement shall also provide:
|
4 |
| (1) the property index number or other suitable |
5 |
| description,
|
6 |
| (2) the assessment of the property,
|
7 |
| (3) the equalization factors imposed by the county and |
8 |
| by the Department,
and
|
9 |
| (4) the equalized assessment resulting from the |
10 |
| application of the
equalization factors to the basic |
11 |
| assessment.
|
12 |
| In all counties which do not classify property for purposes |
13 |
| of taxation, for
property on which a single family residence is |
14 |
| situated the statement shall
also include a statement to |
15 |
| reflect the fair cash value determined for the
property. In all |
16 |
| counties which classify property for purposes of taxation in
|
17 |
| accordance with Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois |
18 |
| Constitution, for
parcels of residential property in the lowest |
19 |
| assessment classification the
statement shall also include a |
20 |
| statement to reflect the fair cash value
determined for the |
21 |
| property.
|
22 |
| In all counties, the statement shall include information |
23 |
| that certain
taxpayers may be eligible for the Senior Citizens |
24 |
| and Disabled Persons Property
Tax Relief and Pharmaceutical |
25 |
| Assistance Act and that applications are
available from the |
26 |
| Illinois Department of Revenue.
|
27 |
| In counties which use the estimated or accelerated billing |
28 |
| methods, these
statements shall only be provided with the final |
29 |
| installment of taxes due , except that the statement under item |
30 |
| (f) shall be included with both installments in those counties |
31 |
| under estimated or accelerated billing methods, the first |
32 |
| billing showing the amount deducted from the first installment, |
33 |
| and the final billing showing the total tax abated for the levy |
34 |
| year under Section 18-178 . The
provisions of this Section |
35 |
| create a mandatory statutory duty. They are not
merely |
36 |
| directory or discretionary. The failure or neglect of the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 123 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| collector to
mail the bill, or the failure of the taxpayer to |
2 |
| receive the bill, shall not
affect the validity of any tax, or |
3 |
| the liability for the payment of any tax.
|
4 |
| (Source: P.A. 91-699, eff. 1-1-01.)
|
5 |
| (35 ILCS 200/21-30)
|
6 |
| Sec. 21-30. Accelerated billing. Except as provided in this |
7 |
| Section, Section 9-260, and Section 21-40, in
counties with
|
8 |
| 3,000,000 or more inhabitants, by January 31 annually, |
9 |
| estimated tax bills
setting out the first installment of |
10 |
| property taxes for the preceding year,
payable in that year, |
11 |
| shall be prepared and mailed. The first installment of
taxes on |
12 |
| the estimated tax bills shall be computed at 50% of the total |
13 |
| of each
tax bill before the abatement of taxes under Section |
14 |
| 18-178 for the preceding year , less an estimate of one-half of |
15 |
| the minimum school district property tax relief grant for the |
16 |
| current year determined based on information available .
If, |
17 |
| prior to the preparation of the estimated tax bills, a |
18 |
| certificate of
error has been either approved by a court on or |
19 |
| before November 30 of the
preceding year or certified pursuant |
20 |
| to Section 14-15 on or before November 30
of the preceding |
21 |
| year, then the first installment of taxes on the estimated tax
|
22 |
| bills shall be computed at 50% of the total taxes before the |
23 |
| abatement of taxes under Section 18-178 for the preceding year |
24 |
| as
corrected by the certificate of error , less an estimate of |
25 |
| one-half of the minimum school district property tax relief |
26 |
| grant for the current year determined based on information |
27 |
| available .
By June 30 annually, actual tax bills shall
be |
28 |
| prepared and mailed. These bills shall set out total taxes due |
29 |
| and the
amount of estimated taxes billed in the first |
30 |
| installment, and shall state
the balance of taxes due for that |
31 |
| year as represented by the sum derived
from subtracting the |
32 |
| amount of the first installment from the total taxes due
for |
33 |
| that year.
|
34 |
| The county board may provide by ordinance, in counties with |
35 |
| 3,000,000 or more
inhabitants, for taxes to be paid in 4 |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 124 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| installments. For the levy year for
which the ordinance is |
2 |
| first effective and each subsequent year, estimated tax
bills |
3 |
| setting out the first, second, and third installment of taxes |
4 |
| for the
preceding year, payable in that year, shall be prepared |
5 |
| and mailed not later
than the date specified by ordinance. Each |
6 |
| installment on estimated tax bills
shall be computed at 25% of |
7 |
| the total of each tax bill for the preceding year.
By the date |
8 |
| specified in the ordinance, actual tax bills shall be prepared |
9 |
| and
mailed. These bills shall set out total taxes due and the |
10 |
| amount of estimated
taxes billed in the first, second, and |
11 |
| third installments and shall state the
balance of taxes due for |
12 |
| that year as represented by the sum derived from
subtracting |
13 |
| the amount of the estimated installments from the total taxes |
14 |
| due
for that year.
|
15 |
| The county board of any county with less than 3,000,000 |
16 |
| inhabitants may, by
ordinance or resolution, adopt an |
17 |
| accelerated method of tax billing.
The county board may |
18 |
| subsequently rescind the ordinance or resolution and
revert to |
19 |
| the method otherwise provided for in this Code.
|
20 |
| Taxes levied on homestead property in which a member of the |
21 |
| National Guard or
reserves of the armed forces of the United |
22 |
| States who was called to active duty
on or after August 1, |
23 |
| 1990, and who has an ownership interest shall not be
deemed |
24 |
| delinquent and no interest shall accrue or be charged as a |
25 |
| penalty on
such taxes due and payable in 1991 or 1992 until one |
26 |
| year after that member
returns to civilian status.
|
27 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-475, eff. 8-23-01; 93-560, eff. 8-20-03.)
|
28 |
| Section 40. The Motor Fuel Tax Law is amended by changing |
29 |
| Section 2b as follows:
|
30 |
| (35 ILCS 505/2b) (from Ch. 120, par. 418b)
|
31 |
| Sec. 2b. In addition to the tax collection and reporting |
32 |
| responsibilities
imposed elsewhere in this Act, a person who is |
33 |
| required to pay the tax imposed
by Section 2a of this Act shall |
34 |
| pay the tax to the Department by return showing
all fuel |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 125 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| purchased, acquired or received and sold, distributed or used |
2 |
| during
the preceding calendar month
including losses of fuel as |
3 |
| the result of evaporation or shrinkage due to
temperature |
4 |
| variations, and such other reasonable information as the
|
5 |
| Department may require.
Losses of fuel as the result of |
6 |
| evaporation or shrinkage due to temperature
variations may not |
7 |
| exceed 1% of the total gallons in
storage at the
beginning of |
8 |
| the month, plus the receipts of gallonage during the month, |
9 |
| minus
the gallonage remaining in storage at the end of the |
10 |
| month. Any loss reported
that is in excess of this amount shall |
11 |
| be subject to the tax imposed by
Section
2a of this Law.
On and |
12 |
| after July 1, 2001, for each 6-month period January through |
13 |
| June, net
losses of fuel (for each category of fuel that is |
14 |
| required to be reported on a
return) as the result of |
15 |
| evaporation or shrinkage due to temperature variations
may not |
16 |
| exceed 1% of the total gallons in storage at the beginning of |
17 |
| each
January, plus the receipts of gallonage each January |
18 |
| through June, minus the
gallonage remaining in storage at the |
19 |
| end of each June. On and after July 1,
2001, for each 6-month |
20 |
| period July through December, net losses of fuel (for
each |
21 |
| category of fuel that is required to be reported on a return) |
22 |
| as the
result of evaporation or shrinkage due to temperature |
23 |
| variations may not exceed
1% of the total gallons in storage at |
24 |
| the beginning of each July, plus the
receipts of gallonage each |
25 |
| July through December, minus the gallonage remaining
in storage |
26 |
| at the end of each December. Any net loss reported that is in
|
27 |
| excess of this amount shall be subject to the tax imposed by |
28 |
| Section 2a of this
Law. For purposes of this Section, "net |
29 |
| loss" means the number of gallons
gained through temperature |
30 |
| variations minus the number of gallons lost through
temperature |
31 |
| variations or evaporation for each of the respective 6-month
|
32 |
| periods.
|
33 |
| The return shall be prescribed by the Department and shall |
34 |
| be filed
between the 1st and 20th days of each calendar month. |
35 |
| The Department may, in
its discretion, combine the returns |
36 |
| filed under this Section, Section 5, and
Section 5a of this |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 126 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Act. The return must be accompanied by appropriate
|
2 |
| computer-generated magnetic media supporting schedule data in |
3 |
| the format
required by the Department, unless, as provided by |
4 |
| rule, the Department grants
an exception upon petition of a |
5 |
| taxpayer. If the return is filed timely, the
seller shall take |
6 |
| a discount of 2% through June 30, 2003 and 1.75%
thereafter |
7 |
| which is allowed to reimburse
the seller for
the expenses |
8 |
| incurred in keeping records, preparing and filing returns,
|
9 |
| collecting and remitting the tax and supplying data to the |
10 |
| Department on
request.
The discount, however, shall be |
11 |
| applicable only to the amount
of payment
which accompanies a |
12 |
| return that is filed timely in accordance with this
Section.
|
13 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-30, eff. 7-1-01; 93-32, eff. 6-20-03.)
|
14 |
| Section 45. The School Code is amended by changing Section |
15 |
| 18-8.05 and by adding Sections 18-8.15 and 18-25 as follows:
|
16 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
|
17 |
| Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State |
18 |
| financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common |
19 |
| schools for the 1998-1999 and
subsequent school years.
|
20 |
| (A) General Provisions.
|
21 |
| (1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 1998-1999 |
22 |
| and subsequent
school years. The system of general State |
23 |
| financial aid provided for in this
Section
is designed to |
24 |
| assure that, through a combination of State financial aid and
|
25 |
| required local resources, the financial support provided each |
26 |
| pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
|
27 |
| prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This formula approach |
28 |
| imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local Resources and |
29 |
| provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil level of |
30 |
| general State financial aid that, when added to Available
Local |
31 |
| Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level. The
amount |
32 |
| of per pupil general State financial aid for school districts, |
33 |
| in
general, varies in inverse
relation to Available Local |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 127 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
each school |
2 |
| district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is defined in |
3 |
| this
Section.
|
4 |
| (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school |
5 |
| districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils |
6 |
| from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental |
7 |
| general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to |
8 |
| subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for |
9 |
| school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for |
10 |
| distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item |
11 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
12 |
| appropriated under this Section.
|
13 |
| (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, |
14 |
| school districts
are required to file claims with the State |
15 |
| Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements:
|
16 |
| (a) Any school district which fails for any given |
17 |
| school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to |
18 |
| maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for |
19 |
| such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In |
20 |
| case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in |
21 |
| a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, |
22 |
| the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the |
23 |
| proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the |
24 |
| attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
|
25 |
| Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" |
26 |
| means any
public school which meets the standards as |
27 |
| established for recognition
by the State Board of |
28 |
| Education. A school district or attendance center
not |
29 |
| having recognition status at the end of a school term is |
30 |
| entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal |
31 |
| claim which was filed while
it was recognized.
|
32 |
| (b) School district claims filed under this Section are |
33 |
| subject to
Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as |
34 |
| otherwise provided in this
Section.
|
35 |
| (c) If a school district operates a full year school |
36 |
| under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 128 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| district shall be determined
by the State Board of |
2 |
| Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be |
3 |
| applicable.
|
4 |
| (c-5) "ECI" means the Employment Cost Index as |
5 |
| published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
|
6 |
| (d) (Blank).
|
7 |
| (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the |
8 |
| board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for |
9 |
| in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received |
10 |
| for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law.
|
11 |
| School districts are not required to exert a minimum |
12 |
| Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under |
13 |
| this Section.
|
14 |
| (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when |
15 |
| capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein:
|
16 |
| (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil |
17 |
| attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in |
18 |
| subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial |
19 |
| support levels.
|
20 |
| (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of |
21 |
| local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average |
22 |
| Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to |
23 |
| subsection (D).
|
24 |
| (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": |
25 |
| Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in |
26 |
| relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property |
27 |
| tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
|
28 |
| amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in |
29 |
| connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as |
30 |
| amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
|
31 |
| (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil |
32 |
| financial support
as provided for in subsection (B).
|
33 |
| (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property |
34 |
| taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, |
35 |
| Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational |
36 |
| Education
Building purposes.
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 129 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (B) Foundation Level.
|
2 |
| (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the |
3 |
| State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial |
4 |
| support that should be available to
provide for the basic |
5 |
| education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set |
6 |
| forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
|
7 |
| a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with |
8 |
| the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the |
9 |
| district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are |
10 |
| available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the |
11 |
| district.
|
12 |
| (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of |
13 |
| support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the |
14 |
| Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school |
15 |
| year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425. For the |
16 |
| 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the
Foundation |
17 |
| Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the |
18 |
| Foundation Level of support is $4,810.
|
19 |
| (3) For the 2004-2005 school year and each school year |
20 |
| thereafter,
the Foundation Level of support is $4,964 $5,060 or |
21 |
| such greater amount as
may be established by law by the General |
22 |
| Assembly.
|
23 |
| (4) For the 2005-2006 school year, the Foundation Level of |
24 |
| support is $5,952. For each school year thereafter, the |
25 |
| Foundation Level of support shall be equal to the Foundation |
26 |
| Level of support for the immediately preceding school year, |
27 |
| increased by the percentage increase, if any, in the ECI |
28 |
| published for the immediately preceding school year, or such |
29 |
| greater amount as may be established by law by the General |
30 |
| Assembly.
|
31 |
| (C) Average Daily Attendance.
|
32 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
33 |
| to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be |
34 |
| utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 130 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual |
2 |
| number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as |
3 |
| further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for |
4 |
| each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number |
5 |
| of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board |
6 |
| of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, |
7 |
| conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection |
8 |
| (F).
|
9 |
| (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in |
10 |
| subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the |
11 |
| school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which |
12 |
| general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the |
13 |
| attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is |
14 |
| greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in |
15 |
| subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
|
16 |
| school year immediately preceding the school year for which |
17 |
| general
State aid is being calculated.
|
18 |
| (D) Available Local Resources.
|
19 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
20 |
| to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local |
21 |
| Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in |
22 |
| this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources |
23 |
| per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing |
24 |
| local school district revenues from local property
taxes and |
25 |
| from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed |
26 |
| on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance. Calculation |
27 |
| of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty |
28 |
| funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26.
|
29 |
| (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local |
30 |
| property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the |
31 |
| equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each |
32 |
| school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The |
33 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and |
34 |
| determined as provided in subsection (G).
|
35 |
| (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 131 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be |
2 |
| calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
|
3 |
| valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by |
4 |
| the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school |
5 |
| districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
|
6 |
| property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the |
7 |
| product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the |
8 |
| district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's |
9 |
| Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts |
10 |
| maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues |
11 |
| per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation |
12 |
| of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the |
13 |
| district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure.
|
14 |
| (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid |
15 |
| to each school
district during the calendar year 2 years before |
16 |
| the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided by the |
17 |
| Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall be |
18 |
| added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
derived |
19 |
| by the application of the immediately preceding paragraph (3). |
20 |
| The sum
of these per pupil figures for each school district |
21 |
| shall constitute Available
Local Resources as that term is |
22 |
| utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of general State |
23 |
| aid.
|
24 |
| (E) Computation of General State Aid.
|
25 |
| (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid |
26 |
| allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State |
27 |
| Board of Education as provided
in this subsection.
|
28 |
| (2) For any school district for which Available Local |
29 |
| Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the |
30 |
| Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be |
31 |
| calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus |
32 |
| Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
|
33 |
| Attendance of the school district.
|
34 |
| (3) For any school district for which Available Local |
35 |
| Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 132 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of |
2 |
| 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per |
3 |
| pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level |
4 |
| derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, |
5 |
| the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in |
6 |
| direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for |
7 |
| a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the |
8 |
| product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the |
9 |
| Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local |
10 |
| Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation |
11 |
| Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts |
12 |
| subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general |
13 |
| State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily |
14 |
| Attendance of the school
district.
|
15 |
| (4) For any school district for which Available Local |
16 |
| Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times |
17 |
| the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school |
18 |
| district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied |
19 |
| by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district.
|
20 |
| (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school |
21 |
| district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements |
22 |
| set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased |
23 |
| by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have |
24 |
| been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
|
25 |
| utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed |
26 |
| Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less |
27 |
| the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. |
28 |
| This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
|
29 |
| affect any future general State aid allocations.
|
30 |
| (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
|
31 |
| (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, |
32 |
| submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by |
33 |
| the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school |
34 |
| year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance |
35 |
| information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 133 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning |
2 |
| with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
|
3 |
| year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as |
4 |
| provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph |
5 |
| (1).
|
6 |
| (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
|
7 |
| days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
8 |
| September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added |
9 |
| to the month of May.
|
10 |
| (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round |
11 |
| classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be |
12 |
| added to the month
of September and any days of attendance |
13 |
| in June shall be added to
the month of May.
|
14 |
| (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, |
15 |
| hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, |
16 |
| days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
17 |
| September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added |
18 |
| to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the |
19 |
| year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in |
20 |
| subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the |
21 |
| Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average |
22 |
| daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
|
23 |
| multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round |
24 |
| buildings
for each month and added to the monthly |
25 |
| attendance of the
non-year-round buildings.
|
26 |
| Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
|
27 |
| attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not |
28 |
| less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct |
29 |
| supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or |
30 |
| volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and |
31 |
| supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of |
32 |
| Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils |
33 |
| of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through |
34 |
| 12.
|
35 |
| Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited |
36 |
| only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 134 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| school.
|
2 |
| (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours |
3 |
| of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the |
4 |
| compilation of Average
Daily Attendance.
|
5 |
| (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for |
6 |
| only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis |
7 |
| of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 |
8 |
| minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
|
9 |
| unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 |
10 |
| minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may |
11 |
| be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of |
12 |
| school work completed each day to the minimum number of
|
13 |
| minutes that school work is required to be held that day.
|
14 |
| (b) Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours |
15 |
| on the opening
and closing of the school term, and upon the |
16 |
| first day of pupil
attendance, if preceded by a day or days |
17 |
| utilized as an institute or
teachers' workshop.
|
18 |
| (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted |
19 |
| as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional |
20 |
| superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent |
21 |
| of Education to the extent that the
district has been |
22 |
| forced to use daily multiple sessions.
|
23 |
| (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted |
24 |
| as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school |
25 |
| day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is |
26 |
| utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, |
27 |
| up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year of which a |
28 |
| maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
|
29 |
| parent-teacher conferences, provided a district conducts |
30 |
| an in-service
training program for teachers which has been |
31 |
| approved by the State
Superintendent of Education; or, in |
32 |
| lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in which |
33 |
| event each such day
may be counted as a day of attendance; |
34 |
| and (2) when days in
addition to
those provided in item (1) |
35 |
| are scheduled by a school pursuant to its school
|
36 |
| improvement plan adopted under Article 34 or its revised or |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 135 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| amended school
improvement plan adopted under Article 2, |
2 |
| provided that (i) such sessions of
3 or more clock hours |
3 |
| are scheduled to occur at regular intervals, (ii) the
|
4 |
| remainder of the school days in which such sessions occur |
5 |
| are utilized
for in-service training programs or other |
6 |
| staff development activities for
teachers, and (iii) a |
7 |
| sufficient number of minutes of school work under the
|
8 |
| direct supervision of teachers are added to the school days |
9 |
| between such
regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate |
10 |
| not less than the number of minutes
by which such sessions |
11 |
| of 3 or more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours.
Any |
12 |
| full days used for the purposes of this paragraph shall not |
13 |
| be considered
for
computing average daily attendance. Days |
14 |
| scheduled for in-service training
programs, staff |
15 |
| development activities, or parent-teacher conferences may |
16 |
| be
scheduled separately for different
grade levels and |
17 |
| different attendance centers of the district.
|
18 |
| (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of |
19 |
| teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by |
20 |
| telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of |
21 |
| attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more |
22 |
| clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of |
23 |
| attendance.
|
24 |
| (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted |
25 |
| as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils |
26 |
| in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours |
27 |
| may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in |
28 |
| kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
|
29 |
| (g) For children with disabilities who are below the |
30 |
| age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours |
31 |
| because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not |
32 |
| less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of |
33 |
| attendance; however for such children whose educational |
34 |
| needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be |
35 |
| counted as a full day of attendance.
|
36 |
| (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 136 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more |
2 |
| than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, |
3 |
| kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 |
4 |
| consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
|
5 |
| kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the |
6 |
| pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from |
7 |
| school, unless the school district
obtains permission in |
8 |
| writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
|
9 |
| Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of |
10 |
| attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as |
11 |
| attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of |
12 |
| attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in |
13 |
| case of children who entered the kindergarten in their |
14 |
| fifth year
whose educational development requires a second |
15 |
| year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and |
16 |
| regulations of the State Board of Education.
|
17 |
| (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
|
18 |
| (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local |
19 |
| Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board |
20 |
| of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the |
21 |
| value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
|
22 |
| all taxable property of every school district, together with |
23 |
| (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the |
24 |
| funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
|
25 |
| and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to |
26 |
| property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
|
27 |
| Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
|
28 |
| The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized |
29 |
| assessed value of all
taxable
property of each school district |
30 |
| situated entirely or partially within a county
that is or was |
31 |
| subject to the alternative general homestead exemption |
32 |
| provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code (a)
(i) |
33 |
| an amount equal to the total amount by which the
homestead |
34 |
| exemption allowed under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code |
35 |
| for
real
property situated in that school district exceeds the |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 137 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| total amount that would
have been
allowed in that school |
2 |
| district if the maximum reduction under Section 15-176
was
(i) |
3 |
| $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax |
4 |
| year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and |
5 |
| thereafter and (b)
(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount |
6 |
| for the taxable year of all additional exemptions under Section |
7 |
| 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household |
8 |
| income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of any county that |
9 |
| is or was subject to the alternative general homestead |
10 |
| exemption provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code |
11 |
| shall
annually calculate and certify to the Department of |
12 |
| Revenue for each school
district all
homestead exemption |
13 |
| amounts under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code and all |
14 |
| amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the |
15 |
| Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 |
16 |
| or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the general |
17 |
| homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined |
18 |
| under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code rather than |
19 |
| Section 15-175, then the calculation of Available Local |
20 |
| Resources shall not be affected by the difference, if any, |
21 |
| between the amount of the general homestead exemption allowed |
22 |
| for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 of the |
23 |
| Property Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed |
24 |
| had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of property |
25 |
| been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code. |
26 |
| It is further the intent of this paragraph that if additional |
27 |
| exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax |
28 |
| Code for owners with a household income of less than $30,000, |
29 |
| then the calculation of Available Local Resources shall not be |
30 |
| affected by the difference, if any, because of those additional |
31 |
| exemptions.
|
32 |
| This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by |
33 |
| the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the |
34 |
| calculation of Available Local
Resources.
|
35 |
| (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall |
36 |
| be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 138 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under |
2 |
| this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district |
3 |
| within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a |
4 |
| municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation |
5 |
| financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
|
6 |
| Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 |
7 |
| of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs |
8 |
| Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the |
9 |
| Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
|
10 |
| assessed valuation of real property located in any such |
11 |
| project area which is
attributable to an increase above the |
12 |
| total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such |
13 |
| property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
|
14 |
| valuation of the district, until such time as all
|
15 |
| redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in |
16 |
| Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation |
17 |
| Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the |
18 |
| Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the |
19 |
| equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total |
20 |
| initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
|
21 |
| equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be |
22 |
| used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs |
23 |
| have been paid.
|
24 |
| (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for |
25 |
| a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the |
26 |
| real property
value as equalized or assessed by the |
27 |
| Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed |
28 |
| by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under |
29 |
| Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a |
30 |
| district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by |
31 |
| 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten |
32 |
| through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 |
33 |
| through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
|
34 |
| the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) |
35 |
| of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same |
36 |
| percentage rates for district type as
specified in this |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 139 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| subparagraph (b).
|
2 |
| (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year |
3 |
| thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of |
4 |
| this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local |
5 |
| Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the |
6 |
| district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation |
7 |
| as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3).
|
8 |
| For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms |
9 |
| shall have
the following meanings:
|
10 |
| "Budget Year": The school year for which general State |
11 |
| aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E).
|
12 |
| "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to |
13 |
| calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid.
|
14 |
| "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year |
15 |
| immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year.
|
16 |
| "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the |
17 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk |
18 |
| in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as |
19 |
| calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property |
20 |
| Tax
Extension Limitation Law.
|
21 |
| "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of |
22 |
| the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County |
23 |
| Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating |
24 |
| Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
|
25 |
| "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, |
26 |
| certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is |
27 |
| the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is |
28 |
| the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
|
29 |
| "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined |
30 |
| in subsection (A).
|
31 |
| If a school district is subject to property tax extension |
32 |
| limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension |
33 |
| Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate |
34 |
| the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that |
35 |
| district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension |
36 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 140 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to |
2 |
| the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation |
3 |
| and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. For the |
4 |
| 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
the |
5 |
| Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school |
6 |
| district as
calculated by the State Board of Education shall be |
7 |
| equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed Valuation last |
8 |
| used in the calculation of general State
aid and the
district's |
9 |
| Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension Limitation
|
10 |
| Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated |
11 |
| under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the district's |
12 |
| equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant to |
13 |
| subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
calculating |
14 |
| the district's general State aid for the Budget Year pursuant |
15 |
| to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation Equalized |
16 |
| Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
|
17 |
| district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D).
|
18 |
| (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for |
19 |
| the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district |
20 |
| experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed |
21 |
| valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid |
22 |
| apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
|
23 |
| Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized |
24 |
| Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the |
25 |
| district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal |
26 |
| the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
|
27 |
| calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and |
28 |
| the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension |
29 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district |
30 |
| as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the |
31 |
| district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in |
32 |
| calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid |
33 |
| allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's |
34 |
| general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
|
35 |
| that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall |
36 |
| be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 141 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Resources.
|
2 |
| (5) For school districts having a majority of their |
3 |
| equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, |
4 |
| Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State |
5 |
| aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school |
6 |
| year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
|
7 |
| this Section is less than the amount of general State aid |
8 |
| allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under |
9 |
| these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district |
10 |
| for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the |
11 |
| difference between these amounts. The total payments made under |
12 |
| this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall |
13 |
| be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
|
14 |
| (H) Supplemental General State Aid.
|
15 |
| (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district |
16 |
| is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school |
17 |
| districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a |
18 |
| district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental |
19 |
| general State aid based upon the concentration level of |
20 |
| children
from low-income households within the school |
21 |
| district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school |
22 |
| districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for |
23 |
| distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item |
24 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
25 |
| appropriated under this Section.
If the appropriation in any |
26 |
| fiscal year for general State aid and
supplemental general |
27 |
| State aid is insufficient to pay the amounts required
under the |
28 |
| general State aid and supplemental general State aid |
29 |
| calculations,
then the
State Board of Education shall ensure |
30 |
| that
each school district receives the full amount due for |
31 |
| general State aid
and the remainder of the appropriation shall |
32 |
| be used
for supplemental general State aid, which the State |
33 |
| Board of Education shall
calculate and pay to eligible |
34 |
| districts on a prorated basis.
|
35 |
| (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 142 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
|
2 |
| subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
3 |
| shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most |
4 |
| recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily |
5 |
| Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the |
6 |
| percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in |
7 |
| the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district |
8 |
| with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the |
9 |
| percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count |
10 |
| of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries |
11 |
| are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high |
12 |
| school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
|
13 |
| school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the |
14 |
| high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most |
15 |
| recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count |
16 |
| and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income |
17 |
| eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school |
18 |
| districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal |
19 |
| censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible |
20 |
| pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number |
21 |
| used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school |
22 |
| district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made |
23 |
| to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
|
24 |
| supplemental general State aid
grants for school years |
25 |
| preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal |
26 |
| year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in |
27 |
| fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to |
28 |
| subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
|
29 |
| repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is |
30 |
| affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of |
31 |
| its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in |
32 |
| any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
|
33 |
| affected by any other funding.
|
34 |
| (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 |
35 |
| school year
and each school year thereafter. For purposes of |
36 |
| this subsection (H), the
term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 143 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| shall, for each fiscal year, be the
low-income eligible
pupil |
2 |
| count
as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year
(as |
3 |
| determined by the Department of Human Services based
on the |
4 |
| number of pupils
who are eligible for at least one of the |
5 |
| following
low income programs: Medicaid, KidCare, TANF, or Food |
6 |
| Stamps,
excluding pupils who are eligible for services provided |
7 |
| by the Department
of Children and Family Services,
averaged |
8 |
| over
the 2 immediately preceding fiscal years for fiscal year |
9 |
| 2004 and over the 3
immediately preceding fiscal years for each |
10 |
| fiscal year thereafter)
divided by the Average Daily Attendance |
11 |
| of the school district.
|
12 |
| (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
13 |
| subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, |
14 |
| 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only:
|
15 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
16 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the |
17 |
| grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the |
18 |
| low income eligible pupil count.
|
19 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
20 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the |
21 |
| grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 |
22 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
|
23 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
24 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the |
25 |
| grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 |
26 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
|
27 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
28 |
| Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the |
29 |
| 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low |
30 |
| income eligible pupil count.
|
31 |
| (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount |
32 |
| specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately |
33 |
| above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, |
34 |
| respectively.
|
35 |
| (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil |
36 |
| amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 144 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, |
2 |
| respectively.
|
3 |
| (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
4 |
| subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 |
5 |
| school year:
|
6 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
7 |
| Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each |
8 |
| school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income |
9 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
10 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
11 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the |
12 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the |
13 |
| low income eligible pupil
count.
|
14 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
15 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the |
16 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by |
17 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
18 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
19 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the |
20 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by |
21 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
22 |
| (e) For any school district with a Low Income |
23 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the |
24 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by |
25 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
26 |
| (f) For any school district with a Low Income |
27 |
| Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each |
28 |
| school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income |
29 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
30 |
| (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general |
31 |
| State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as |
32 |
| follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year |
33 |
| thereafter:
|
34 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
35 |
| Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for the |
36 |
| 2003-2004 school year and 2004-2005
each school year
shall |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 145 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| be $355 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count . |
2 |
| For the 2005-2006 school year and each school year |
3 |
| thereafter, the grant shall be $355, increased by the |
4 |
| percentage increase, if any, in the ECI published for the |
5 |
| immediately preceding school year, and then multiplied by |
6 |
| the low income eligible pupil count .
|
7 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
8 |
| Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for the |
9 |
| 2003-2004 school year and 2004-2005
each school year shall |
10 |
| be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 and the square of |
11 |
| the Low
Income Concentration Level, all multiplied by the |
12 |
| low income
eligible pupil count. For the 2005-2006 school |
13 |
| year and each school year thereafter, the grant shall be |
14 |
| $294.25, increased by the percentage increase, if any, in |
15 |
| the ECI published for the immediately preceding school |
16 |
| year, then added to the product of (i) $2,700, which amount |
17 |
| shall be increased by the percentage increase, if any, in |
18 |
| the ECI published for the immediately preceding school |
19 |
| year, and (ii) the square of the Low Income Concentration |
20 |
| Level, and then all multiplied by the low income eligible |
21 |
| pupil count.
|
22 |
| For the 2003-2004 and 2004-2005 school year only, the grant |
23 |
| shall be no less than the
grant
for
the 2002-2003 school year. |
24 |
| For the 2005-2006 school year only, the grant shall
be no
less |
25 |
| than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by |
26 |
| 0.66. For the
2006-2007
school year only, the grant shall be no |
27 |
| less than the grant for the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by |
28 |
| 0.33.
|
29 |
| For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no |
30 |
| greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school |
31 |
| year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference |
32 |
| between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) |
33 |
| of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the |
34 |
| grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the |
35 |
| 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
|
36 |
| the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 146 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the |
2 |
| grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this |
3 |
| paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant |
4 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 |
5 |
| school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant |
6 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product |
7 |
| of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
|
8 |
| calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph |
9 |
| (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during |
10 |
| the 2002-2003
school year.
|
11 |
| (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
12 |
| more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for |
13 |
| supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection |
14 |
| shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
|
15 |
| October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from |
16 |
| this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the |
17 |
| improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to |
18 |
| meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such |
19 |
| plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and |
20 |
| regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
|
21 |
| (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
22 |
| 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid |
23 |
| pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute |
24 |
| from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than |
25 |
| $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:
|
26 |
| (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the |
27 |
| attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the |
28 |
| number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are |
29 |
| eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
|
30 |
| breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 |
31 |
| and under the National
School Lunch Act during the |
32 |
| immediately preceding school year.
|
33 |
| (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental |
34 |
| and general State
aid among attendance centers according to |
35 |
| these requirements shall not be
compensated for or |
36 |
| contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 147 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of |
2 |
| Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources |
3 |
| in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior |
4 |
| to the opening of school.
|
5 |
| (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
|
6 |
| school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and |
7 |
| other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is |
8 |
| entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and |
9 |
| supplemental general State aid provided
by application of |
10 |
| this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
|
11 |
| noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided |
12 |
| by the school
district to the attendance centers.
|
13 |
| (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that |
14 |
| by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
|
15 |
| required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers |
16 |
| may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district |
17 |
| for any lawful school purpose.
|
18 |
| (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to |
19 |
| this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at |
20 |
| the discretion
of the principal and local school council |
21 |
| for programs to improve educational
opportunities at |
22 |
| qualifying schools through the following programs and
|
23 |
| services: early childhood education, reduced class size or |
24 |
| improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment |
25 |
| programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and |
26 |
| other educationally beneficial expenditures which
|
27 |
| supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by |
28 |
| the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be |
29 |
| expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined |
30 |
| by board rule.
|
31 |
| (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this |
32 |
| subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet |
33 |
| the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
|
34 |
| compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the |
35 |
| State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. |
36 |
| This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 148 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
|
2 |
| developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The |
3 |
| State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days |
4 |
| after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district |
5 |
| shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
|
6 |
| within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then |
7 |
| submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the |
8 |
| written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend |
9 |
| approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
|
10 |
| Board of Education.
|
11 |
| Upon notification by the State Board of Education that |
12 |
| the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a |
13 |
| modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
|
14 |
| State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan |
15 |
| shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a |
16 |
| plan or modified plan is submitted.
|
17 |
| If the district fails to distribute State aid to |
18 |
| attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the |
19 |
| plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in |
20 |
| addition to the funds otherwise required by this
|
21 |
| subsection, to those attendance centers which were |
22 |
| underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to |
23 |
| such underfunding.
|
24 |
| For purposes of determining compliance with this |
25 |
| subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance |
26 |
| center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of |
27 |
| this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by |
28 |
| December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for |
29 |
| the prior year in addition to any
modification of its |
30 |
| current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a |
31 |
| failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this |
32 |
| subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the |
33 |
| State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of |
34 |
| receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected |
35 |
| local school council. The district shall within
45 days of |
36 |
| receipt of that notification inform the State |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 149 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective |
2 |
| action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current |
3 |
| plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the |
4 |
| following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report |
5 |
| or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a |
6 |
| timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected |
7 |
| funds.
|
8 |
| The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and |
9 |
| regulations
to implement the provisions of this |
10 |
| subsection. No funds shall be released
under this |
11 |
| subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a |
12 |
| plan
that has been approved by the State Board of |
13 |
| Education.
|
14 |
| (I) General State Aid for Newly Configured School Districts.
|
15 |
| (1) For a new school district formed by combining property |
16 |
| included
totally within 2 or more previously existing school |
17 |
| districts, for its
first year of existence the general State |
18 |
| aid and supplemental general State
aid calculated under this |
19 |
| Section
shall be computed for the new district and for the |
20 |
| previously existing
districts for which property is totally |
21 |
| included
within the new district. If the computation on the |
22 |
| basis of the previously
existing districts is greater, a |
23 |
| supplementary payment equal to the difference
shall be made for |
24 |
| the first 4 years of existence of the new district.
|
25 |
| (2) For a school district which annexes all of the |
26 |
| territory of one or more
entire other school districts, for the |
27 |
| first year during which the change
of boundaries attributable |
28 |
| to such annexation becomes effective for all
purposes as |
29 |
| determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the general State aid and
|
30 |
| supplemental general State aid calculated
under this Section |
31 |
| shall be computed for the annexing district as constituted
|
32 |
| after the annexation and for the annexing and each annexed |
33 |
| district as
constituted prior to the annexation; and if the |
34 |
| computation on the basis of
the annexing and annexed districts |
35 |
| as constituted prior to the annexation is
greater, a |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 150 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made for
|
2 |
| the first 4 years of existence of the annexing school district |
3 |
| as
constituted upon such annexation.
|
4 |
| (3) For 2 or more school districts which annex all of the |
5 |
| territory of
one or more entire other school districts, and for |
6 |
| 2 or more community unit
districts which result upon the |
7 |
| division (pursuant to petition under
Section 11A-2) of one or |
8 |
| more other unit school districts into 2 or more
parts and which |
9 |
| together include all of the parts into which such other
unit |
10 |
| school district or districts are so divided, for the first year
|
11 |
| during which the change of boundaries attributable to such |
12 |
| annexation or
division becomes effective for all purposes as |
13 |
| determined under Section 7-9
or 11A-10, as the case may be, the |
14 |
| general State aid and supplemental general
State aid calculated |
15 |
| under this Section
shall be computed for each annexing or |
16 |
| resulting district as constituted
after the annexation or |
17 |
| division and for each annexing and annexed
district, or for |
18 |
| each resulting and divided district, as constituted prior
to |
19 |
| the annexation or division; and if the aggregate of the general |
20 |
| State aid
and supplemental general State aid as so
computed for |
21 |
| the annexing or resulting districts as constituted after the
|
22 |
| annexation or division is less than the aggregate of the |
23 |
| general State aid and
supplemental general State aid as so |
24 |
| computed for the annexing and annexed
districts, or for the |
25 |
| resulting and divided districts, as constituted prior to
the |
26 |
| annexation or division, then
a supplementary payment equal to |
27 |
| the difference shall be made and allocated
between or among the |
28 |
| annexing or resulting districts, as constituted upon
such |
29 |
| annexation or division, for the first 4 years of their |
30 |
| existence. The
total difference payment shall be allocated |
31 |
| between or among the annexing
or resulting districts in the |
32 |
| same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that
portion of the |
33 |
| annexed or divided district or districts which is annexed to
or |
34 |
| included in each such annexing or resulting district bears to |
35 |
| the total
pupil enrollment from the entire annexed or divided |
36 |
| district or districts,
as such pupil enrollment is determined |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 151 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| for the school year last ending
prior to the date when the |
2 |
| change of boundaries attributable to the
annexation or division |
3 |
| becomes effective for all purposes. The amount of
the total |
4 |
| difference payment and the amount thereof to be allocated to |
5 |
| the
annexing or resulting districts shall be computed by the |
6 |
| State Board of
Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and |
7 |
| other data which shall be
certified to the State Board of |
8 |
| Education, on forms which it shall provide
for that purpose, by |
9 |
| the regional superintendent of schools for each
educational |
10 |
| service region in which the annexing and annexed districts, or
|
11 |
| resulting and divided districts are located.
|
12 |
| (3.5) Claims for financial assistance under this |
13 |
| subsection (I) shall
not be recomputed except as expressly |
14 |
| provided under this Section.
|
15 |
| (4) Any
supplementary payment made under this subsection |
16 |
| (I)
shall be treated as separate from all other payments made |
17 |
| pursuant to
this Section.
|
18 |
| (J) Supplementary Grants in Aid.
|
19 |
| (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, |
20 |
| the amount of the
aggregate general State aid in combination |
21 |
| with supplemental general State aid
under this Section for |
22 |
| which
each school district is eligible shall be no
less than |
23 |
| the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that |
24 |
| was
received by the district under Section
18-8 (exclusive of |
25 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
26 |
| Section)
for the 1997-98 school year,
pursuant to the |
27 |
| provisions of that Section as it was then in effect.
If a |
28 |
| school district qualifies to receive a supplementary payment |
29 |
| made under
this subsection (J), the amount
of the aggregate |
30 |
| general State aid in combination with supplemental general
|
31 |
| State aid under this Section
which that district is eligible to |
32 |
| receive for each school year shall be no less than the amount |
33 |
| of the aggregate
general State aid entitlement that was |
34 |
| received by the district under
Section 18-8 (exclusive of |
35 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 152 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Section)
for the 1997-1998 school year, pursuant to the |
2 |
| provisions of that
Section as it was then in effect.
|
3 |
| (2) If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection |
4 |
| (J), a school
district is to receive aggregate general State |
5 |
| aid in
combination with supplemental general State aid under |
6 |
| this Section for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent |
7 |
| school
year that in any such school year is less than the |
8 |
| amount of the aggregate
general
State
aid entitlement that the |
9 |
| district received for the 1997-98 school year, the
school |
10 |
| district shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made |
11 |
| for
purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment |
12 |
| that is equal to the
amount of the difference in the aggregate |
13 |
| State aid figures as described in
paragraph (1).
|
14 |
| (3) (Blank).
|
15 |
| (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
|
16 |
| In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board |
17 |
| of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under |
18 |
| this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a |
19 |
| regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of |
20 |
| Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as |
21 |
| it
deems necessary.
|
22 |
| As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public |
23 |
| school which is
created and operated by a public university and |
24 |
| approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board |
25 |
| of a public university which receives funds
from the State |
26 |
| Board under this subsection (K) may not increase the number of
|
27 |
| students enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single |
28 |
| district, if that district is already sending 50 or more
|
29 |
| students, except under a mutual agreement between the school |
30 |
| board of a
student's district of residence and the university |
31 |
| which operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may |
32 |
| not have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with |
33 |
| disabilities in a special education program.
|
34 |
| As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a |
35 |
| public school which is
created and operated by a Regional |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 153 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of |
2 |
| Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
|
3 |
| instruction for which credit is given in regular school |
4 |
| programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school |
5 |
| equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational |
6 |
| training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
|
7 |
| with a school district or a public community college district |
8 |
| to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving |
9 |
| more than one educational
service region may be established by |
10 |
| the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected |
11 |
| educational service regions. An alternative school
serving |
12 |
| more than one educational service region may be operated under |
13 |
| such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those |
14 |
| educational service
regions may agree.
|
15 |
| Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms |
16 |
| provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual |
17 |
| State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of |
18 |
| the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average |
19 |
| Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general |
20 |
| State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
|
21 |
| applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as |
22 |
| determined under
this Section.
|
23 |
| (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.
|
24 |
| (1) For a school district operating under the financial |
25 |
| supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the |
26 |
| general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this |
27 |
| Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be |
28 |
| reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of |
29 |
| the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board |
30 |
| of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be |
31 |
| paid
to the Authority created for such district for its |
32 |
| operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The |
33 |
| remainder
of general State school aid for any such district |
34 |
| shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article |
35 |
| provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 154 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Article.
|
2 |
| (2) (Blank).
|
3 |
| (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as |
4 |
| provided in
Section 18-4.3.
|
5 |
| (M) Education Funding Advisory Board.
|
6 |
| The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this |
7 |
| subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. |
8 |
| The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the |
9 |
| Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The |
10 |
| members appointed shall include
representatives of education, |
11 |
| business, and the general public. One of the
members so |
12 |
| appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the |
13 |
| appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The |
14 |
| initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after |
15 |
| the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular |
16 |
| term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the |
17 |
| third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the |
18 |
| member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 |
19 |
| initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who |
20 |
| is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that |
21 |
| commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on |
22 |
| the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, |
23 |
| by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
|
24 |
| after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their |
25 |
| number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
|
26 |
| respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of |
27 |
| January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that |
28 |
| commence
on the date of their respective appointments and |
29 |
| expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members |
30 |
| appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their |
31 |
| respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies |
32 |
| shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If |
33 |
| a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not |
34 |
| in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment |
35 |
| until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 155 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a |
2 |
| person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the |
3 |
| Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are |
4 |
| made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of |
5 |
| vacancies.
|
6 |
| The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed |
7 |
| established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor |
8 |
| to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date |
9 |
| that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth |
10 |
| initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are |
11 |
| then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or |
12 |
| pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the |
13 |
| Governor as in the case of vacancies.
|
14 |
| The State Board of Education shall provide such staff |
15 |
| assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is |
16 |
| reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of |
17 |
| its responsibilities.
|
18 |
| For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the |
19 |
| Education
Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the |
20 |
| State Board of Education,
shall make recommendations as |
21 |
| provided in this subsection (M) to the General
Assembly for the |
22 |
| foundation level under subsection(B)
subdivision (B)(3) of |
23 |
| this Section and
for the
supplemental general State aid grant |
24 |
| level under subsection (H) of this Section
for districts with |
25 |
| high concentrations of children from poverty. The
recommended |
26 |
| foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology |
27 |
| which
incorporates the basic education expenditures of |
28 |
| low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic performance. The |
29 |
| Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make such |
30 |
| recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
|
31 |
| numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
|
32 |
| (N) (Blank).
|
33 |
| (O) References.
|
34 |
| (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 156 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and |
2 |
| replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to |
3 |
| the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the |
4 |
| extent that those references remain applicable.
|
5 |
| (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall |
6 |
| be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid |
7 |
| provided under subsection (H) of
this Section.
|
8 |
| (P) Public Act 93-838
This amendatory Act of the 93rd General |
9 |
| Assembly and Public Act 93-808
House Bill 4266 of the 93rd |
10 |
| General Assembly make inconsistent changes to this Section. If |
11 |
| House Bill 4266 becomes law, then Under Section 6 of the |
12 |
| Statute on Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between |
13 |
| Public Act 93-808 and Public Act 93-838
House Bill 4266 and |
14 |
| this amendatory Act . Public Act 93-838
This amendatory Act , |
15 |
| being the last acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public |
16 |
| Act 93-838
this amendatory Act is the law regardless of the |
17 |
| text of Public Act 93-808
House Bill 4266 . |
18 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 92-28, eff. 7-1-01; 92-29, |
19 |
| eff. 7-1-01; 92-269, eff. 8-7-01; 92-604, eff. 7-1-02; 92-636, |
20 |
| eff. 7-11-02; 92-651, eff. 7-11-02; 93-21, eff. 7-1-03; 93-715, |
21 |
| eff. 7-12-04; 93-808, eff. 7-26-04; 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; |
22 |
| 93-875, eff. 8-6-04; revised 10-21-04.)
|
23 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15 new)
|
24 |
| Sec. 18-8.15. Supplemental State aid for rapidly expanding |
25 |
| school districts. |
26 |
| (a) If there has been an increase in a school district's |
27 |
| student population over any 2 consecutive school years of (i) |
28 |
| over 1.5% in a district with 10,000 or more pupils in average |
29 |
| daily attendance, as defined in Section 18-8.05 of this Code, |
30 |
| or (ii) over 10% in any other district, then, subject to |
31 |
| appropriation, the district is eligible for a grant under this |
32 |
| Section. |
33 |
| (b) The State Board of Education shall determine a per |
34 |
| pupil grant amount for each school district based on the needs |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 157 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| of each district. The total grant amount for a district for any |
2 |
| given school year shall equal the per pupil grant amount |
3 |
| multiplied by the difference between the number of pupils in |
4 |
| average daily attendance for the first 3 months of the school |
5 |
| year and the number of pupils in average daily attendance for |
6 |
| the immediately preceding school year. |
7 |
| (c) Each fiscal year, the General Assembly shall |
8 |
| appropriate at least $40 million of the aggregate Common School |
9 |
| Fund appropriation to funding supplemental grants under this |
10 |
| Section. Funds for grants under this Section must be |
11 |
| appropriated to the State Board of Education in a separate line |
12 |
| item for this purpose. As soon as possible after funds have |
13 |
| been appropriated to the State Board of Education, the State |
14 |
| Board of Education shall distribute the grants to eligible |
15 |
| districts. |
16 |
| (d) If a school district intentionally reports incorrect |
17 |
| average daily attendance numbers to receive a grant under this |
18 |
| Section, then the district shall be denied State aid for |
19 |
| intentional incorrect reporting of average daily attendance |
20 |
| numbers under Section 18-8.05 of this Code. |
21 |
| (e) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules |
22 |
| necessary to implement this Section. |
23 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-25 new) |
24 |
| Sec. 18-25. Education appropriation minimum. At a minimum, |
25 |
| the General Assembly shall appropriate to the Common School |
26 |
| Fund for fiscal year 2006 and each fiscal year thereafter, an |
27 |
| amount equal to the following (the "Education Appropriation |
28 |
| Minimum"): |
29 |
| (1) For fiscal year 2006, a total appropriation equal |
30 |
| to the sum of (A) all amounts appropriated to the Common |
31 |
| School Fund for fiscal year 2005, plus (B) the amount |
32 |
| necessary to increase the Foundation Level of support per |
33 |
| student to $5,952 under Section 18-8.05 of this Code, plus |
34 |
| (C) $2.4 billion to fund the School District Property Tax |
35 |
| Relief Fund described in Section 6z-65 of the State Finance |
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 158 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
|
1 |
| Act. |
2 |
| (2) For each fiscal year thereafter, a total |
3 |
| appropriation equal to (A) the Education Appropriation |
4 |
| Minimum for the immediately preceding fiscal year, |
5 |
| increased by the percentage increase, if any, in the |
6 |
| Employment Cost Index published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor |
7 |
| Statistics for the immediately preceding fiscal year, or |
8 |
| (B) such greater amount as the General Assembly may |
9 |
| appropriate.
|
|
|
|
HB0750 |
- 159 - |
LRB094 08941 BDD 39161 b |
|
| 1 |
|
INDEX
| 2 |
|
Statutes amended in order of appearance
|
| 3 |
| 30 ILCS 105/5.640 new |
|
| 4 |
| 30 ILCS 105/6z-68 new |
|
| 5 |
| 35 ILCS 5/201 |
from Ch. 120, par. 2-201 |
| 6 |
| 35 ILCS 5/203 |
from Ch. 120, par. 2-203 |
| 7 |
| 35 ILCS 5/247 new |
|
| 8 |
| 35 ILCS 105/2 |
from Ch. 120, par. 439.2 |
| 9 |
| 35 ILCS 105/3-50 rep. |
from Ch. 120, par. 439.3-50 |
| 10 |
| 35 ILCS 110/2 |
from Ch. 120, par. 439.32 |
| 11 |
| 35 ILCS 115/2 |
from Ch. 120, par. 439.102 |
| 12 |
| 35 ILCS 120/1 |
from Ch. 120, par. 440 |
| 13 |
| 35 ILCS 120/2-5 |
from Ch. 120, par. 441-5 |
| 14 |
| 35 ILCS 120/1d rep. |
from Ch. 120, par. 440d |
| 15 |
| 35 ILCS 120/1f rep. |
from Ch. 120, par. 440f |
| 16 |
| 35 ILCS 200/18-178 new |
|
| 17 |
| 35 ILCS 200/18-255 |
|
| 18 |
| 35 ILCS 200/20-15 |
|
| 19 |
| 35 ILCS 200/21-30 |
|
| 20 |
| 35 ILCS 505/2b |
from Ch. 120, par. 418b |
| 21 |
| 105 ILCS 5/18-8.05 |
|
| 22 |
| 105 ILCS 5/18-8.15 new |
|
| 23 |
| 105 ILCS 5/18-25 new |
|
|
|